CPE Self-Study eBook Courses

Accounting / Auditing Courses

Click the icon for detailed course description and information.

Courses are listed in Alphabetical order


$19.00 each Add to cart

Accounting and Auditing Guidance and Resources

  • Credits: 2
  • Format: Self-Study eBook
  • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
  • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
Available Formats: 
Advanced Preparation:None
Experience Level:Basic
Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Accountancy
Course ID:LP-303.22-S
Published Date:Mar 2022
COURSE DESCRIPTION

With the complexity of a fast-paced business environment and continued emphasis by regulators on preventing and detecting improper financial reporting, CPAs must remain current regarding the accounting guidance and regulations affecting
their daily functions and professional responsibilities.

This course will consider several areas of accounting and auditing guidance and resources. The FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification is the source of U.S. GAAP to be applied to nongovernmental entities. The content and organization
of the Codification will be reviewed for CPAs to effectively access and research the proper accounting standards. The sections of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act addressing oversight, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and internal
controls over financial reporting will be reviewed along with the auditing standards issued by the PCAOB. The activities of the Private Company Council and the guidance issued by the Council will also be outlined.

Topics include:
  • Accounting and auditing guidance and resources
  • FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification
  • Sarbanes-Oxley Act

Learning Objectives:

After reading the course material, you will be able to:

  • Recognize the importance of the internal control and corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
  • Identify the reference format used in the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification.
  • Identify the auditing standards issued by the PCAOB.
  • Recognize the importance of the internal control and corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
  • Identify the standard-setting process for private companies.


Who Should Attend:
  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
NASBA


$19.00 each Add to cart

Accounting and Financial Disclosures Employee Retention Credit (ERC)+(PTE) Tax

  • Credits: 2
  • Format: Self-Study eBook
  • Field of Study: Accounting
  • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
Available Formats:
Advanced Preparation:None
Experience Level:Overview
Program Prerequisites:General understanding of accounting, financial
reporting, auditing and compilation and review
standards
Course ID:SF-458.22 | SS
Published Date:Feb 2022
COURSE DESCRIPTION

The objective of this course is to review the accounting and financial disclosures related to two recent
changes from legislation: the Employee Retention Credit (ERC) and the Pass-Through Entity (PTE) Tax.

Topics include:
  • An overview of the ERC rules
  • Models to use to account for the ERC
  • Comparing the use of the ASC 958 model with the IAS 20 model to account for the ERC
  • Disclosures required for the ERC including disclosures found in newly issued ASU 2021-10
  • Fixing 2020 ERC presentation and disclosure errors
  • Presenting the ERC on tax-basis financial statements
  • Overview of the Pass-Through Entity (PTE) Tax election
  • GAAP accounting for the PTE tax
  • GAAP disclosures for the PTE tax
  • Presenting the PTE tax on tax-basis financial statements

Learning Objectives:

After reading the course material, you will be able to:

  • Recognize the type of expense that is the basis for measuring the amount of the ERC.
  • Identify where to present the ERC in the statement of income using the ASC 958 conditional contribution model
  • Recognize where to present the ERC in the statement of income using the IAS 20 grant model.
  • Identify an action step to be taken to correct the previous presentation and disclosure of an ERC in the 2020 statement of income
  • Recognize the proper presentation of the ERC in a tax-basis statement of income
  • Recognize a technique that has been attempted to circumvent the SALT deduction limitation
  • Identify how to account for the PTE tax in an entity’s financial statements
  • Recognize the requirements for recording deferred state income taxes with respect to the PTE tax election
  •  Identify disclosures that should be made for the PTE tax

Who Should Attend:
  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
NASBA


$39.00 each Add to cart

Accounting and Financial Reporting for COVID-19 the CARES Act and PPP Loans

  • Credits: 4 (2/2)
  •  
  • Format: Self-Study eBook
  • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
  • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
Available Formats:
Advanced Preparation:None
Experience Level:Overview
Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting and Finance
Course ID:SF-309.22 | SS
Published Date:Jan 2022

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The objective of this course is to review the impact that COVID-19 has on accounting and financial reporting,  and the changes made by the  CARES Act and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, including accounting for
Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans and forgiveness.

Topics include:
  • Disclosures of risks and uncertainties.
  • Going-concern reporting and disclosure issues.
  • Impairment issues related to goodwill and other long-lived assets.
  • Accounting for variable consideration revenue and onerous contracts.
  • Dealing with inventory costs and stock market investment losses.
  • Collectability of trade receivables; exit and termination benefit obligations.
  • Contingencies, and accounting and auditing engagement matter.
The course also discusses the accounting for PPP loans and forgiveness, and the accounting for tax changes made by the CARES Act and Consolidated Appropriations Act,

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize some types of concentrations that might require disclosure under the risk and uncertainty rules
    • Identify the definition of near term
    • Recall the frequency in which an entity should test goodwill for impairment
    • Recognize some exit and disposal costs
    • Recall how to classify business interruption insurance proceeds on the financial statements
    • Identify the benchmark used to determine the going concern
    • Recognize how to report an ongoing concern in an audit
    • Identify a method that can be used to measure variable consideration revenue
    • Recognize an example of a construction-type contract
    • Identify an advantage of remote auditing
    • Recall how to present debt issuance costs in the financial statements
    • Recognize how to account for PPP loan forgiveness
    • Identify how to treat the forgiveness of a PPP loan for tax purposes, and
    • Identify an example of a circumstance in which an emphasis-of-matter paragraph might be necessary.

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
    NASBA
    $79.00 each Add to cart

    Accounting for the New Lease Standard 2022 ASU 2016-02 and Other Amendments

    • Credits: 8
    •  
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting
    • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Overview
    Program Prerequisites:General understanding of U.S. GAAP
    Course ID:SF-301.22 | SS
    Published Date:Jan 2022

    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    The purpose of this course is to review the changes made to lease accounting by ASU 2016-02, Leases, (as further amended by ASU 2018-01, Land Easement- Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842, and numerous other amendments),
    and to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease.

    Topics include a review of the new rules for lessees and lessors, the types of leases, how to account for the balance sheet, income statement, and cash flows statement impacts of different types of leases, the implementation requirements,
    and more...

    This course uses materials entitled Accounting for the New Lease Standard-2021- ASU 2016-02 and Other Amendments, authored by Steven C. Fustolo, CPA.

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize a key change made to GAAP by the new lease standard.
    • Identify a type of lease that exists for a lessee under ASU 2016-02.
    • Recall a type of lease for which the ASU 2016-02 rules do not apply.
    • Recognize some of the criteria that determine whether a contract is or is not a lease.
    • Identify some of the types of economic benefits a lessee can obtain from a leased asset.
    • Recognize a right that ASU 2016-02 states does not prevent a lessee from having the right to direct use of an identified asset.
    • Identify a threshold for a lease term to be considered a major part of an asset’s remaining economic life.
    • Recognize who an entity might not want to use the risk-free rate to compute the present value of lease payments.
    • Identify how a lessee should account for initial direct costs.
    • Recognize items that are and are not components of a lease term.
    • Recall the method a lessee should use to record interest expense on a lease obligation.
    • Identify types of leases for a lessor.
    • Recognize the rate that a lessor should use in performing the 90% test for a direct financing lease.
    • Recall how a lessor should initially account for initial direct costs for a lease in certain instances./li>
    • Identify how a lessor should account for lease payments received on the income statement for an operating lease.
    • Recall how a lessor should classify certain cash receipts on the statement of cash flows.
    • Recognize how certain existing leases are accounted for on the implementation date of ASU 2016-02.
    • Identify how deferred income taxes will be treated for lessees under ASU 2016-02.
    • Recall the potential impact that the new lease standard might have on a lessee’s EBITDA and debt-equity ratios, and
    • Recall the IRS rules as to when an entity should and should not capitalize a lease for tax purposes.

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
    NASBA
    $29.00 each Add to cart

    Accounting Practitioner’s Documentation for Risk Management

    • Credits: 3
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting
    • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic 
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
    Course ID:LP-304.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Risk management for accounting professionals begins with accepting engagements with clients and does not end until the date on which record retention requirements expire. Along the way, practitioners may encounter special cases in
    which documentation of accounting information becomes more complex.

    This course will provide an overview of engagement documentation and retention for various types of engagements.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1:  Overview of Engagement Documentation for Risk Management
    • Chapter 2:  Individual Client Engagements
    • Chapter 3:  Compilation Engagements
    • Chapter 4:  Review Engagements
    • Chapter 5:  Audit Engagements
    • Chapter 6:  Attestation and Litigation Engagements
    • Chapter 7:  Record Retention for Risk Management

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • List the key points to cover in welcome letters to which clients agree before an engagement begins;
    • Recognize proper terminology about assurances and responsibilities of parties in compilation, review, and audit engagements;
    • Identify types of specialized engagement letters that offer the best defensive terms in unusual or high-risk engagements;
    • Recognize common pitfalls in the conduct of engagements with individual clients.
    • Business clients requesting compilation, review, audit, attestation, and litigation support services; and
    • Identify the types of regulatory and standards-setting bodies that impose record retention provisions for accounting.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $19.00 each Add to cart

    An ACH Electronic Payment Primer How Savvy companies now pay bills

    • Credits: 2
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting
    • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic | Intermediate
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
    Course ID:MS-101.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Almost three-quarters of all companies now make at least a few payments electronically using the ACH. Those numbers, along with the size of those programs will only grow as organizations recognize the cost-savings and efficiencies
    associated with an ACH payment program. This course presents basic information the professional can use to properly set up and grow an ACH payment program.

    Industry expert Mary Schaeffer shows auditors, controllers, and managers exactly how to do this. She also alerts readers to the growing threat of fraud in this arena, offering advice for everyone – whether or not they are currently
    making electronic payments. “Everyone who does not take the proper precautions is at risk,” she warns.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1: How ACH Payments Work
    • Chapter 2: How to Start an ACH Payment Program
    • Chapter 3: How to Expand an ACH Payment Program
    • Chapter 4: How to Protect Your Organization against ACH Fraud
    • Chapter 5: ACH Best Practices, ‘Gottchas’ and Worst Practices

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify the reasons why paying electronically benefits an organization
    • Pinpoint issues to be considered when setting up an electronic payment program
    • Create a basic ACH payment program for an organization
    • Build an effective strategy for converting suppliers to the program
    • Identify effective strategies to grow your ACH payment program
    • Develop an effective strategy for converting suppliers to the program
    • Understand the different types of payment fraud currently being perpetrated
    • Develop an effective strategy to combat electronic payment fraud
    • Develop a Best Practice ACH payment initiative
    • Avoid worst practices as well as hidden pitfalls when setting up an ACH payment program

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA

    $19.00 each Add to cart

    An Effective Accounts Payable Policy and Procedures Manual

    • Credits: 2
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
    • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
    Available Formats:
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounts Payable
    Course ID:MS-102.23
    Published Date:Registered for 2023
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Effective policies and procedures in the Accounts Payable function are critical for any organization wishing to reduce or eliminate duplicate payments, prevent and detect fraud, and be cost-effective and compliant with all regulatory issues
    affecting the payment function. The first step in that battle is having a current, detailed policy and procedures manual. This course presents information the professional can use to create an effective manual, that not only documents
    the organization's policies and procedures but can be used as a reference and training guide. Industry expert Mary Schaeffer shows auditors, controllers, and managers how to create such a manual when none exists. She also includes
    an outline for a sample policy as well as a checklist they can use to determine if their current policy is best practice or something less.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1: The Role the Accounts Payable Policy and Procedures Manual Plays
    • Chapter 2: Creating the Manual
    • Chapter 3: Using the Manual
    • Chapter 4: The Segregation of Duties Issue
    • Chapter 5: Reviewing and Updating Your Policy and Procedures

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Pinpoint reasons an up-to-date accounts payable policy and procedures manual is needed
    • Demonstrate how an accounts payable policy and procedures manual strengthens controls
    • Show how to create a policy and procedures manual
    • Demonstrate several ways to start creating a manual from scratch
    • Demonstrate how to use the manual to address the rush check problem
    • Identify several shortcuts to use when creating a policy and procedures manual
    • Delineate the segregation of duties requirements for the accounts payable function for inclusion in the policy and procedures manual
    • Show how computer access levels may circumvent segregation of duties requirements
    • Prepare an action plan to review and update an old policy and procedures manual
    • Identify often-overlooked changes that will improve accounts payable procedures

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $159.00 each Add to cart

    Auditing Developments 2022

    • Credits: 16
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Auditing
    • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:

    General understanding of Auditing Standards

    Course ID:SF-327.S-22
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    The objective of this course is to address the latest developments affecting 2021 and 2022 audit
    engagements, including the impact of COVID-19 on audit engagements.

    In this course, auditors will learn about the new auditor’s report, auditing estimates and audit evidence, and changes made to the auditor’s understanding of the entity, its environment, and risk assessment procedures, and the guidance on using the work of specialists as audit evidence. These changes are found in newly issued SAS Nos. 134-145, and the new attestation standards found in SSAE Nos. 19-22. (Items 20 and 20E)

    The course focuses on recalling, recognizing, and identifying rules related to auditing standards including new developments about those standards. 

    Topics include:
    • Addressing the auditor’s consideration of the business and economic environment in which the client operates;
    • Accounting and auditing engagement issues during COVID-19 including the impact of the pandemic on an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern;
    • Client and employee fraud;
    • Specific accounting risks for auditors to consider limiting auditor's liability key audit focus areas during volatile times lessons from litigation efficiency engagements to reduce auditor time;
    • Various practice issues related to audits;
    • Dealing with DOL audits of employee benefit plans; and more...

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading Section 1 of the course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify an example of a concentration that might require disclosure
    • Recall the definition of near term
    • Identify the most obvious approach to account for a PPP loan under GAAP
    • Recall how an entity should account for PPP loan forgiveness
    • Identify a scenario in which it would be impracticable for an auditor to attend a physical inventory
    • Recognize an advantage of remote auditing
    • Recognize a behavioral trait of most occupational fraudsters
    • Recognize the difference between fraud and an error
    • Recall the three conditions of the fraud triangle
    • Identify common types of financial statement fraud noted by the FBI
    • Recognize an example of a misappropriation of assets
    • Identify an additional procedure required to deal with the risk of management override of internal controls
    • Recognize a factor to consider in evaluating the going concern of an entity
    • Recall how an investment in equity security should be accounted for under GAAP
    • Recognize the new sales tax rules in the wake of the Wayfair decision
    • Recognize an example of a coverage ratio
    • Recall the timeframe within which most lawsuits against auditors occur
    • Identify a recommendation to tighten up auditor work papers
    After reading Section 2 of the course material, you will be able to:
    • Identify a suggestion for an auditor reducing time and increasing audit efficiency
    • Recognize when negative accounts receivable confirmations should not be used
    • Identify the form of a comfort letter that would be appropriate for an accountant to make to a lender
    • Recall the rule for an auditor presenting his or her city and state on the audit report
    • Identify the rules for an auditor communicating deficiencies found in an audit
    • Recognize an example of a result that can occur if there is a problem with a DOL employee benefit plan audit
    • Identify a type of fraudster
    • Recall the location of certain sections in the auditor’s report
    • Recognize the categorization of an adverse opinion
    • Identify a change that SAS No. 136 makes to the limited-scope ERISA audit
    • Recognize one of the changes made by AU-C 703 to ERISA audits
    • Recall the reporting requirement when an auditor obtains other information in an audit
    • Identify a reference that is made in the new definition of materiality
    • Recognize the definition of certain types of paragraphs made by SAS No. 139
    • Recognize an example of an attribute of information obtained as audit evidence per SAS No. 142
    • Identify how inherent and control risk should be assessed under the SAS No. 143 requirements
    • Recall the three approaches that an auditor can use to perform further audit procedures required by SAS No. 143
    • Identify some instances in which an auditor may conclude that a specialist’s work is not adequate
    • Identify a type of risk assessment procedure that an auditor can use in accordance with SAS No. 145
    • Recall examples of risk assessment procedures that an auditor may perform in SAS No. 145
    • Recognize how to perform risk assessment procedures when relying on information obtained from previous experience with an entity
    • Identify examples of risk assessment procedures to obtain audit evidence in accordance with SAS No. 145
    • Recognize a new requirement made by SAS No. 145 in connection with assessing inherent risk and control risk in an audit
    • Identify how an auditor should respond if the auditor does not plan to test the operating effectiveness of an entity’s controls.
    • Identify a change made by SSAE No. 19
    • Recognize one of the four types of engagements within SSAE No. 21’s new definition of attestation engagement
    • Identify an example of subject matter that is within the scope of SSAE No. 22’s review
    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $159.00 each Add to cart

    Auditing Developments SAS No.134-143 and SSAE No.19-22 COVID-19 Reporting Issues

    • Credits: 16
    •  
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Auditing
    •  
    • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
    Available Formats:
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Overview
    Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Auditing Standards
    Course ID:SF-207.22 | SS
    Published Date:Feb 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    The objective of this course is to address the latest developments affecting 2020 and 2021 audit engagements, including the impact of COVID-19 on audit engagements.

    Additionally, in this course, auditors will learn about the new auditor’s report, auditing estimates, and audit evidence guidance found in SAS Nos. 134-143, and the new attestation standards found in SSAE Nos. 19-22.

    The course focuses on recalling, recognizing, and identifying rules related to auditing standards including new developments about those standards.

    Topics include:
    • Addressing the auditor’s consideration of the business and economic environment in which the client operates.
    • Accounting and auditing engagement issues during COVID-19 included the impact of the pandemic on an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.
    • Client and employee fraud.
    • Specific accounting risks for auditors to consider.
    • Limiting auditor’s liability.
    • Key audit focus areas during volatile times.
    • Lessons from litigation.
    • Efficiency engagements to reduce auditor time.
    • Various practice issues related to audits.
    • Dealing with DOL audits of employee benefit plans; and more!

    Learning Objectives:
    Section 1:

    After reading the Section 1 course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify an example of a concentration that might require disclosure.
    • Recall the definition of the near term.
    • Identify the net operation loss rules under the CARES Act.
    • Recognize a key characteristic of a multi-employer pension plan.
    • Identify the most obvious approach to account for a PPP loan under GAAP.
    • Recall how an entity should account for PPP loan forgiveness.
    • Identify a scenario in which it would be impracticable for an auditor to attend a physical inventory.
    • Recognize an advantage of remote auditing.
    • Recognize a behavioral trait of most occupational fraudsters.
    • Recognize the difference between fraud and error.
    • Recall the three conditions of the fraud triangle.
    • Identify common types of financial statement fraud noted by the FBI.
    • Recognize an example of a misappropriation of assets.
    • Identify an additional procedure required to deal with the risk of management override of internal controls.
    • Recognize a factor to consider in evaluating the going concern of an entity.
    • Recall how an investment in equity security should be accounted for under GAAP.
    • Recognize the new sales tax rules in the wake of the Wayfair decision.
    • Recognize an example of a coverage ratio.
    • Recall the timeframe within which most lawsuits against auditors occur.
    • Identify a recommendation to tighten up auditor work papers.
    • Section 2:

      After reading the Section 2 course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify a suggestion for an auditor that reduces time and increases audit efficiency.
    • Recognize when negative accounts receivable confirmations should not be used.
    • Identify the form of a comfort letter that would be appropriate for an accountant to make to a lender
    • Recall the rule for an auditor presenting his or her city and state on the audit report.
    • Identify the rules for an auditor communicating deficiencies found in an audit.
    • Recognize an example of a result that can occur if there is a problem with a DOL employee benefit plan audit
    • Identify a type of fraudster.
    • Recall the location of certain sections in the auditor’s report.
    • Recognize the categorization of an adverse opinion.
    • Identify a change that SAS No. 136 makes to the limited-scope ERISA audit.
    • Recognize one of the changes made by AU-C 703 to ERISA audits.
    • Recall the reporting requirement when an auditor obtains other information in an audit.
    • Identify a reference that is made in the new definition of materiality.
    • Recognize the definition of certain types of paragraphs made by SAS No. 139.
    • Recognize an example of an attribute of information obtained as audit evidence per SAS No. 142.
    • Identify an attribute of audit evidence referenced in SAS No. 142.
    • Identify how inherent and control risk should be assessed under the SAS No. 143 requirements.
    • Recall the three approaches that an auditor can use to perform further audit procedures required by SAS No. 143.
    • Identify a change made by SSAE No. 19.
    • Recognize one of the four types of engagements within SSAE No. 21’s new definition of attestation engagement.
    • Identify an example of subject matter that is within the scope of SSAE No. 22’s review.

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
    NASBA
    $29.00 each Add to cart

    Avoiding Boomer Bust Effective Life Planning for American Baby Boomers 2020

    • Credits: 3
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
    • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic 
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Financial Planning
    Course ID:LP-305.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    This chapter sketches a profile of the generation represented by Americans born from 1946 through 1964: baby boomers. After an overview of how today’s middle-aged Americans are changing the stereotypes of the work world, personal lifestyles,
    and family home-life, this chapter explores the possible—perhaps even probable—financial and lifestyle shortfalls boomers may encounter. The causes of the boomers’ dilemma, which are explored in Chapter 2—are many, and the approaches
    to prevent financial, emotional, and personal trauma will not be simple; Chapter 3 outlines the creative strategies this forceful generation will devise to deal with this first-ever long-lived, massive cohort. The Planning Resources
    at the end of each chapter offer helpful websites and other sources of information vital for forging ahead with the second half of life.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1: Reasons to Plan
    • Chapter 2: Boomer's Impending Financial Squeeze
    • Chapter 3: Decisions, Decisions

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • List the educational, financial, and emotional aspects of the “typical” boomer in their planning for a productive and stable second half of life;
    • Recognize the changes to the concept of careers and lifestyle brought about by women’s entrance and ascension in the American workforce;
    • Recognize the revised needs and priorities of boomers as they prepare for the second half of life; and
    • Recognize the changes to the workplace, market, and service sector instituted by the surge of older Americans in our culture.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $129.00 each Add to cart

    Best Practices for Accounts Payable

    • Credits: 13
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
    • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounts Payable
    Course ID:MS-103.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Best practices for the accounts payable function are critical for those organizations concerned about their profitability. For poor practices result in excess cost, duplicate payments, increased processing expenses, fraud, and frayed
    vendor relationships. And, of course, there is the growing issue of regulatory compliance as the Feds and states look for their fair share.

    This course presents information the professional can use to identify best practice problems as well as regulatory concerns. Industry expert Mary S. Schaeffer explains the issues related to the accounts payable function to auditors,
    controllers, and managers. She then reveals the best practices for a myriad of these issues as well as identifying almost best practices for those cases where it is not possible to use the best practice and the worst practices
    which are likely to cause trouble.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1: Managing the AP Function
    • Chapter 2: Master Vendor File
    • Chapter 3: Invoice Processing
    • Chapter 4: Invoice Problems
    • Chapter 5: Checks
    • Chapter 6: ACH (Electronic Payments)
    • and much more to cover.... through Chapters 7-22

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Establish strong master vendor file practices
    • Incorporate appropriate segregation of duties into master vendor file process
    • Create effective invoice receipt practices
    • Construct best practice invoice handling routines
    • Define effective practices when short-paying invoices
    • Establish a process for managing discrepant invoices
    • Design a suitable process for storing check stock
    • Understand the benefit of paying electronically
    • Develop a process to weed out fraudulent change of bank account requests
    • Develop strong controls in a p-card program
    • Identify ways to pay small-dollar invoices without issuing a check
    • Identify lost funds through an effective supplier statement review policy
    • Integrate the concept of segregation of duties across the payment process
    • Uncover practices that will eliminate weak control points
    • Understand the importance of having a separate computer for online banking
    • Integrate check fraud prevention practices into the accounts payable process
    • Create a strong travel and entertainment policy the is compliant with IRS guidelines for the entire organizations
    • Develop policies for handling travel issues created when employees leave
    • Understand what is required for information reporting to the IRS for independent contractors
    • Integrate the use of IRS TIN Matching into the new vendor setup function
    • Create a policy that will enable the organization to report and remit unclaimed property in all instances
    • Incorporate regular OFAC checking into the payment process to ensure payments are not made to terrorists
    • Identify potential situations where payment may actually be a bribe to a foreign official in conflict with FCPA regulations
    • Understand how payment timing can both help and hurt the organization
    • Create procedures to ensure all early payment discounts are earned


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $39.00 each Add to cart

    Climate Change Accounting and Sustainability Reporting

    • Credits: 4
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting | Economics
    • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic 
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
    Course ID:MW-116.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Climate change and sustainability are topics that are increasingly on the minds of investors and other stakeholders. Companies are increasingly subject to nonfinancial reporting requirements relating to environmental, social, and governance
    factors. For example, sustainability reporting requirements are increasingly impacting the investment and lending activities of global financial institutions. Investors now expect businesses to frame decisions in terms of environmental,
    social, and human impact for the long-term, rather than on short-term gains such as next quarter's earnings report. This course reviews the prevailing sustainability reporting and non-financial reporting frameworks.

    This course also reviews the accounting for climate‑change risks under the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). While these Standards do not cover climate‑change
    risks and other emerging risks explicitly, they do address issues that relate to them. This course reviews the application of those Standards and the related guidance on materiality to climate and other emerging risks.

    Topics Covered:
    • CHAPTER 1 – CLIMATE CHANGE AND THE ECONOMY
    • CHAPTER 2 – SUSTAINABILITY DISCLOSURES
    • CHAPTER 3 – CLIMATE CHANGE ACCOUNTING

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify the potential economic impacts and financial risks of climate change.
    • Recognize disclosure practices that are consistent with leading sustainability reporting frameworks.
    • Identify areas of accounting and financial statement disclosures that are impacted by climate-related and other emerging risks.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $39.00 each Add to cart

    Complying with Government Auditing Standards and Professional Ethics

    • Credits: 4
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Auditing
    • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Auditing Process
    Course ID:AC-951.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    The Generally Accepted Governmental Auditing Standards, also known as the Yellow Book, provides a comprehensive framework for conducting governmental audits with a focus on high quality, integrity, competence, independence, and objectivity.
    The Yellow Book is used by auditors of government organizations, entities that receive government awards, and any other audit organization performing Yellow Book audits. The Yellow Book outlines all requirements for governmental
    audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control.

    This course will describe when the Yellow Book standards must be applied. This course will identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work. This course will identify the categories
    of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility imposed on auditors and audit organizations. Finally, this course will identify the ethical principles that guide the work of auditors who conduct engagements
    in accordance with GAGAS.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1: Foundation and Principles for the Use and Application of Government Auditing Standards
    • Chapter 2: General Requirements for Complying with Government Auditing Standards
    • Chapter 3: Ethics, Independence, and Professional Judgment
    • Chapter 4: Competence and Continuing Professional Education

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work,
    • Recognize the types of engagements that may be conducted in accordance with GAGAS, and
    • Identify terminology that is commonly used in GAGAS.
    • Identify the categories of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility imposed on auditors and audit organizations.
    • Identify the ethical principles that guide the work of auditors who conduct engagements in accordance with GAGAS.
    • Recognize the purpose of applying the GAGAS Conceptual Framework.
    • Recognize that action that must be taken by auditors if they conclude that the independence of the engagement team or the audit organization is impaired.
    • Identify the individuals that have a role in an audit engagement.
    • Identify the number of CPE hours that must be completed in a 2-year period in order to maintain their professional competence.
    • Recognize the requirements related to specialists using during an audit.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $19.00 each Add to cart

    Corporate Fraud Case Studies

    • Credits: 2
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Auditing | Fraud
    • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
    Available Formats:
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic 
    Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Auditing
    Course ID:LP-306.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Commonly referred to as “white collar” crime, corporate fraud is those illegal acts that are characterized by deceit, concealment, or violation of trust and which are not dependent upon the application or threat of physical force or
    violence. These acts are committed by individuals and organizations to obtain money or services or to secure personal or business advantage. This course will recap several actual cases of corporate fraud as presented by the Federal
    Bureau of Investigations (FBI) and the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ).

    Topics include:
    • The Fraud Deterrence Initiative
    • Significant Cases Reported by the FBI
    • Significant Cases Reported by the Dept. of Justice
    • Working with the F.B.I.

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize the Fraud Deterrence Initiative and the story behind how it got started
    • Identify the various corporate fraud cases which the FBI and DOJ have prosecuted.

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $19.00 each Add to cart

    Corporate Fraud Investigators

    • Credits: 2
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Auditing | Fraud
    • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Fraud 
    Course ID:LP-301.22-S
    Published Date:May 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    As the primary agency investigating corporate fraud, the FBI has focused its efforts on cases which involve accounting schemes, self-dealing by corporate employees, and obstruction of justice to conceal fraudulent activities from criminal
    and regulatory authorities.

    This course will review the efforts being made by the FBI and several other federal corporate crime busting governmental bodies within the United States to prevent fraud.

    Topics include:
    • The President of the United States
    • Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX)
    • The Security and  Exchange Commission (SEC)
    • The Fraud Section of the Dept. of Justice
    • F.B.I
    • Office of the Chief Accountant
    • The Association of the Certified Fraud Examiners (ACFE)
    • The American Institute of CPA (AICPA)
    • SAS 99

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize some of the major organizations who have been working diligently to eliminate corporate fraud in the U.S.
    • Recognize the national statistics regarding corporate fraud in the United States.
    • List the general characteristics of the people who are most likely to commit fraud and how to better identify them as well as the most common types of fraudulent activities which are occurring in corporations today.
    • List the various types of schemes used to perpetrate misstatements on the financial statements and misappropriation of assets.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $19.00 each Add to cart

    Corporate Fraud Statistics

    • Credits: 2
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Auditing | Fraud
    • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
    Available Formats:  
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Fraud Statistics
    Course ID:LP-307.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    “Security experts estimate that as many as 30 percent of all employees do steal and that another 60 percent will steal if given sufficient motive and opportunity. The current economic hard times only add to the temptation of personnel
    to take what does not belong to them.1” This means that it is estimated that only 10 percent of employees will not steal under any circumstances.

    The least expensive way to fight corporate fraud within your organization or those of your clients is to be aware of the statistics surrounding its occurrence and then use that knowledge to put processes and procedures into place which
    will aid in preventing its occurrence. In this course, you will be provided with several statistics which should help you meet this goal.

    Following the statistical analysis, you will be provided with the ACFE “Fraud Prevention Check-up” in order to assess the vulnerability of your organization or those of your clients to corporate fraud.

    Topics include:
    • Why Should We Be Aware of Statistics?
    • F.B.I.
    • Corporate Fraud Task Force
    • S.E.C.
    • The Association of Certified Fraud Examiners
    • How Vulnerable is your Corporation or Clients?

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize the financial cost of fraud.
    • Recognize the most common method in which fraud is reported according to ACFE statistical studies.
    • Recognize why fraud is not always reported by executives and the chief reasons why even CPAs do not always want to participate with law enforcement officers while investigating a fraud incident.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $159.00 each Add to cart

    Current Developments Accounting and Financial Reporting

    • Credits: 16
    •  
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting
    •  
    • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Overview
    Program Prerequisites:General understanding of U.S. GAAP
    Course ID:SF-203.22 | SS
    Published Date:Jan 2022

    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    The purpose of this course is to inform the reader of the various changes to accounting and financial reporting affecting the accounting professional. Topics include a review of FASB projects including those related to financial performance,
    leases, and financial instruments, practice issues involving the statement of cash flows, fair value reporting, pensions, the international convergence project, little GAAP, and more. The structure of the course is to encourage
    the reader to recall existing GAAP rules coupled with identifying, stating, and outlining rules related to new and proposed pronouncements.

    The course also discusses accounting and financial reporting issues related to COVID-19.

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize a reason why public companies over disclose in their notes to financial statements.
    • Identify a proposed change to the statement of cash flows.
    • Recall the definition of free cash flow.
    • Recognize some of the key ratios used to analyze working capital.
    • Identify some of the symptoms of inefficiently managed working capital.
    • Recognize one of the characteristics of a multi-employer pension plan
    • Recognize the impact that life expectancy has on the amount of pension liability.
    • Identify the shift in the types of retirement plans over the past decade.
    • Recall the types of assets and liabilities found in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
    • Recognize the type of information that is used to estimate credit losses under ASU 2016-13.
    • Recognized key changes found in the new lease standard.
    • Identify how a lessee recognizes a lease liability under the new lease standard.
    • Identify potential impacts from implementing the new lease standard.
    • Recognize the general structure of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC).
    • Recall the general GAAP rule for management’s evaluation of going concerned.
    • Identify a concentration of risk that might require disclosure.
    • Recall how LIFO should be valued under GAAP.
    • Identify how to record the forgiveness of a PPP loan on the financial statements.
    • Recognize how net operating losses are treated under the CARES Act.
    • Recognize how to present deferred income taxes on the balance sheet under ASU 2015-17.
    • Recognize when a state might be able to charge sales tax under the Wayfair decision.
    • Identify some unusual transactions and how they are recorded on the statement of cash flows.
    • Recognize the types of arrangements that qualify the private company accounting alternative election related to goodwill amortization and acquisitions.
    • Recognize the accounting alternative for leases under common control in ASU 2018-17.
    • Identify the impairment test for goodwill under ASU 2017-04.

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
    NASBA
    $9.00 each Add to cart

    Dealing with Expense Report Reimbursement Problems

    • Credits: 1
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting
    • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
    Available Formats:
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of an Expense Report
    Course ID:MS-118.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Travel expenses are, for many organizations, their second-largest controllable expense. This is just one of the reasons why every organization must have a strong policy that governs these expenditures. That being said, the number of
    problems that continue to plague many companies when it comes to expense reimbursements defies logic. There has to be a better way.

    In this course, industry expert Mary Schaeffer takes a look at some of the more common problems experienced by companies related to employees, expense reimbursement requests. She not only identifies the issues, but offers solutions
    on how best-practice companies minimize these problems and, in some cases, eliminate them.

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Create processes for dealing with illegible receipts
    • Develop a policy for dealing with reimbursement requests for items clearly not covered in the policy
    • Identify strategies for dealing with managers who take too long to approve employees expense reimbursement requests
    • Create practices to deal with conflicts around the reimbursement process
    • Pinpoint areas employees are most likely to cheat on their expense reports


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $99.00 each Add to cart

    Derivatives and Hedging for Accountants

    • Credits: 10
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting | Finance
    • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Accountancy
    Course ID:MW-101.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    A derivative is a financial product that derives its value based on an underlying asset, liability, or other variables (such as an interest rate, foreign currency, or commodity price). Derivatives have become very popular tools for
    “hedging” (i.e. reducing) financial risk; they have also become an increasingly standard item on big companies' balance sheets. Yet understanding how they work, what they are used for, and how they can affect the bottom line of
    business has proven to be a significant challenge for the accounting and auditing industries.

    Topics include:
    • This course provides an “accountant-friendly” overview of financial risk management and derivative instruments.
    • This overview focuses on the various types of risks that impact financial markets today, as well as the four major categories of derivatives commonly used to hedge these risks (i.e. forwards, futures, swaps, and options).

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Define the various types of risks that impact financial markets.
    • Identify the unique characteristics of forwards, futures, swaps, and options.
    • Recognize appropriate hedging practices using derivative instruments.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $169.00 each Add to cart

    Economic Indicators A Comprehensive Overview

    • Credits: 17
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Finance | Accounting
    • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Finance
    Course ID:MW-102.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Economic indicators are those often-voluminous statistics released by government agencies, non-profit organizations, and even private companies. They provide measurements for evaluating the health of our economy, including the latest
    business cycles, consumer spending, inflation, housing, and so on. Various economic indicators are released quarterly, monthly, weekly, and even daily.

    This course provides an introductory overview of the world’s most prevalent economic indicators, including those related to unemployment, consumer sentiment and confidence, inflation, productivity, housing, manufacturing, and international
    trade. This course reviews the impact that changes in these indicators have on the financial markets and monetary policy.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1 – Economic Indicators and Business Cycles
    • Chapter 2 – Financial Markets and Interest Rates
    • Chapter 3 – GDP and Monthly Indicators
    • Chapter 4 – Federal Reserve and Monetary Indicators
    • Chapter 5 – Unemployment and Consumer Indicators
    • Chapter 6 – Inflation and Productivity Indicators
    • Chapter 7 – Industrial and Commercial Indicators
    • Chapter 8 – International Trade Indicators

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify the types of economic indicators that exist and recognize the unique characteristics of each type.
    • Recognize the characteristics and economic impact of key economic indicators, including those related to unemployment, consumer sentiment and confidence, inflation, productivity, housing, manufacturing, and international trade.
    • Identify the components of gross domestic product (GDP) and recognize how economic indicators impact these components.
    • Recognize how changes in economic indicators and the actions of the Federal Reserve impact financial market activity.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $9.00 each Add to cart

    Emerging Cyber Payment Frauds

    • Credits: 1
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
    • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic 
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Expense Reporting Issues
    Course ID:MS-104.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Technology is making a huge impact on every facet of the business world. The expense reporting function is no exception. It is making it easier for employees to play games but at the same time, it provides companies the tools they
    need to identify that game playing without spending a fortune.

    Topics include:
    • This course takes a deep dive into the developing expense reporting issues and reveals the way savvy companies can effectively deal with them.
    • The issues evaluated in this course are critical to those who want to run a cost-effective, efficient, fraud-resistant expense reimbursement function.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $59.00 each Add to cart

    Exchange Traded Funds

    • Credits: 6
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting
    • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
    Available Formats: 
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
    Course ID:LP-312.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    An exchange-traded fund (ETF) is a basket of securities designed to replicate the performance of a stock or bond index (e.g., S and P 500 Index or Lehman Brothers 20+ Years. Treasury Index.) ETFs are listed on an exchange, and unlike
    regular open-end mutual funds, ETFs can be bought and sold throughout the trading day. They can also be sold short and bought on margin. In brief, anything you might do with a stock, you can do with an ETF. Most ETFs also charge
    lower annual expenses than even the least costly index mutual funds. However, as with stocks, investors must pay a commission to buy and sell ETF shares.

    In contrast to most mutual funds, ETFs have no investment minimums. Investors can literally buy a single share of an ETF in the secondary market through their broker (an online broker or the traditional type).

    All the above features have led to the rapid growth of ETFs since the first offering came to fruition in 1993. An increasing number of financial professionals, including CPAs, are turning their attention to this unique breed of investment
    products. As such, this course will provide you with a thorough understanding of exchange-traded funds.

    Topics include:
    • As such, this course will provide you with a thorough understanding of exchange-traded funds.
    • We will cover the manner in which ETFs are created and offered to investors.
    • We will take a more comprehensive look at the key features of ETFs and how they stack up to comparable products, such as index mutual funds, including in such areas as tax advantages.
    • We will also feature some of the biggest, as well as the most popular, ETF offerings and the companies that offer them.
    • Most importantly, we will provide you with information on useful tools and resources, which you can use to further research and utilize exchange-traded funds in your practice.

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize the evolution of ETFs.
    • Identify the key advantages and drawbacks to investors of ETFs.
    • Recognize the most notable ETFs on the market.
    • Identify the resources that you can utilize to incorporate ETFs into your practice.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $79.00 each Add to cart

    Fair Value Accounting An Overview

    • Credits: 8
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting 7 | Auditing 1
    • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
    Available Formats:
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Basic
    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
    Course ID:MW-103.22-S
    Published Date:Mar 2022
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    Numerous FASB Standards have been issued requiring certain items to be measured and reported at “fair value” on the Balance Sheet. Prior to the release of ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (formerly known as SFAS 157),
    the concept of “fair value” had never been formally defined in U.S. accounting literature. Since its issuance in September 2006, ASC 820 has become one of the most controversial accounting standards ever released.

    This course provides a conceptual review of fair value accounting, as outlined in ASC 820 and other U.S. accounting standards. This course will also provide an overview of the authoritative guidance for auditing fair value measurements
    and disclosures, SAS No. 101.

    Topics include:
    • Chapter 1: THE EVOLUTION OF FAIR VALUE
    • Chapter 2: MEASUREMENT
    • Chapter 3: VALUATION TECHNIQUES AND INPUTS
    • Chapter 4: AUDITING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND DISCLOSURES
    • Chapter 5: THE FAIR VALUE OPTIONS
    • Chapter 6: THE FAIR VALUE CONTROVERSY

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

    • Define ‘fair value’ and explain the fair value framework and hierarchy included in ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.
    • Identify the roles that management and the auditor have in the fair value measurement process.
    • Recognize the key aspects of the fair value option.
    • Recognize the limitations of fair value accounting.


    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA


    $159.00 each Add to cart

    FASB Review (Item 30 and 30E)

    • Credits: 16
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: Accounting
    • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
    Available Formats:
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Overview
    Program Prerequisites:Basic understanding of U.S. GAAP
    Course ID:SF-211.22
    Published Date:April 2022 (updated)
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    The purpose of this course is to inform the reader of the various changes affecting accounting and financial reporting, as well as a review and recall of existing accounting standards. Topics include a summary of newly issued FASB statements, current and pending developments, the new lease standard, practice issues, a discussion of accounting and financial reporting issues related to COVID-19, the CARES Act and PPP loans, accounting and disclosures for the Employee Retention Credit (ERC) and Pass-Through Entity (PTE) tax, and more.

    TOPICS COVERED:

    • CHAPTER 1: Implementing the New Lease Standard- 2022 ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) and Other Amendments
    • CHAPTER 2: Accounting and Financial Reporting for COVID-19, the CARES Act, and PPP Loans 2022 Edition
    • CHAPTER 3: Accounting and Disclosures for the Employee Retention Credit (ERC)and the Pass-Through Entity (PTE) Tax-2022 Edition
    • CHAPTER 4: ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments-2022
    • CHAPTER 5: Current Developments - Accounting and Financial Reporting- 2022
    • CHAPTER 6: Selected Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs)2022

    Learning Objectives:

    After reading the Chapter 1 course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize a key change made to GAAP by the new lease standard
    • Identify a type of lease that exists for a lessee under ASU 2016-02
    • Recall a type of lease for which the ASU 2016-02 rules do not apply
    • Recognize some of the criteria that determine whether a contract is or is not a lease
    • Identify how a lessee should account for initial direct costs
    • Recall how a lessor should initially account for initial direct costs for a lease in certain instances
    • Identify how a lessor should account for lease payments received on the income statement for an operating lease
    • Recognize how certain existing leases are accounted for on the implementation date of ASU 2016-02
    • Recall the potential impact that the new lease standard might have on a lessee’s EBITDA and debt-equity ratios.

    After reading the Chapter 2 course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize some types of concentrations that might require disclosure under the risk and uncertainty rules including supply-chain shortages
    • Identify the definition of near term
    • Recall the frequency in which an entity should test goodwill for impairment
    • Recognize some exit and disposal costs
    • Recall how to classify business interruption insurance proceeds on the financial statements
    • Identify the benchmark used to determine a going concern
    • Identify a method that can be used to measure variable consideration revenue
    • Recognize an example of a construction-type contract
    • Identify an advantage of a remote accounting function
    • Recall how to adjust a deferred tax account when there is a change in tax law
    • Recognize a change made by the CARES Act to the deductibility of interest
    • Recognize how to account for PPP loan forgiveness
    • Identify how to treat the forgiveness of a PPP loan for tax purposes

    After reading the Chapter 3 course material, you will be able to:

    • Recognize the type of expense that is the basis for measuring the amount of the ERC.12
    • Identify where to present the ERC in the statement of income using the ASC 958 conditional contribution model
    • Recognize where to present the ERC in the statement of income using the IAS 20 grant model
    • Identify an action step to be taken to correct the previous presentation and disclosure of an ERC in the prior year's statement of income.
    • Recognize the proper presentation of the ERC in a tax-basis statement of income
    • Recognize a technique that has been attempted to circumvent the SALT deduction limitation
    • Identify how to account for the PTE tax in an entity’s financial statements
    • Recognize the requirements for recording deferred state income taxes concerning the PTE tax election
    • Identify disclosures that should be made for the PTE tax

    After reading the Chapter 4 course material, you will be able to:


      Recognize the model that ASU 2016-13 uses to deal with credit losses
      Identify how credit losses should be recorded under new ASU 2016-13
      Identify some of the disclosures required by ASU 2016-13

    After reading the Chapter 5 course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify the elements that are the target of the FASB’s disaggregation project
    • Recognize one of the characteristics of a multi-employer pension plan
    • Recognize the impact that life expectancy has on the amount of a pension liability
    • Identify the basic rule of the LIFO Conformity Requirement
    • Recognize how the IPIC external index for LIFO is used for GAAP
    • Recall the type of investment that is eliminated by ASU 2016-01
    • Identify when a sustainability disclosure is required by an SEC company
    • Recognize an example of a contract that is exempt from the scope of the revenue standard
    • Identify one of the two approaches that are used to recognize revenue using the new revenue standard
    • Recall a change to the accounting for the goodwill that is proposed by the FASB
    • Recognize how to present deferred income taxes on the balance sheet under ASU 2015-17
    • Recognize the basis that most marijuana businesses have to use
    • Recognize when a state might be able to charge sales tax under the Wayfair decision

    After reading the Chapter 6 course material, you will be able to:

    • Identify the private company election to perform a triggering event evaluation
    • Recognize the types of arrangements that qualify for the private company accounting alternative election related to goodwill amortization and acquisitions
    • Recognize the accounting alternative for leases under common control in ASU 2018-17

    Who Should Attend:
    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
    NASBA
    IRS
    CTEC
    $239.00 each Add to cart

    FASB SSARS and SAS Update and Review 2022

    • Credits: 24
    • Format: Self-Study eBook
    • Field of Study: (16) Accounting | (8) Auditing
    • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
    Available Formats:
    Advanced Preparation:None
    Experience Level:Overview
    Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of U.S. GAAP, Compilation and Review, and Auditing Standards
    Course ID:SF-208.22
    Published Date:April 2022 (updated)
    COURSE DESCRIPTION

    The purpose of this course is to inform the reader of the various changes affecting accounting and financial reporting, as well as a review and recall of existing accounting standards. Topics include a summary of newly issued FASB statements, current and pending developments, the new lease standard, practice issues, a discussion of accounting and financial reporting issues related to COVID19, the CARES Act and PPP loans, accounting, and disclosures for the Employee Retention Credit (ERC) and Pass-Through Entity (PTE) tax. The course also addresses new statements issued by the Auditing Standards Board, changes in compilation and review standards, and more.

    Topics include:
    • Implementing the New Lease Standard- 2022 ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) and Other Amendments
    • Accounting and Financial Reporting for COVID-19, the CARES Act and PPP Loans 2022 Edition
    • Accounting and Disclosures for the Employee Retention Credit (ERC) and the Pass-Through Entity (PTE) Tax- 2022 Edition.
    • ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments-2022
    • Current Developments- Accounting and Financial Reporting- 2022
    • Selected Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs) 2022
    • SSARS No. 25 Materiality in a Review of Financial Statements and Adverse Conclusions
    • New Auditing Standards: SAS Nos. 134-145

      Learning Objectives:

      After reading the Chapter 1 course material, you will be able to:

      • Recognize a key change made to GAAP by the new lease standard
      • Identify a type of lease that exists for a lessee under ASU 2016-02
      • Recall a type of lease for which the ASU 2016-02 rules do not apply
      • Recognize some of the criteria that determine whether a contract is or is not a lease
      • Identify how a lessee should account for initial direct costs
      • Recall how a lessor should initially account for initial direct costs for a lease in certain instances
      • Identify how a lessor should account for lease payments received on the income statement for an operating lease
      • Recognize how certain existing leases are accounted for on the implementation date of ASU 2016-02
      • Recall the potential impact that the new lease standard might have on a lessee’s EBITDA and debt-equity ratios.

      After reading the Chapter 2 course material, you will be able to:

      • Recognize some types of concentrations that might require disclosure under the risk and uncertainty rules including supply-chain shortages
      • Identify the definition of near term
      • Recall the frequency in which an entity should test goodwill for impairment
      • Recognize some exit and disposal costs
      • Recall how to classify business interruption insurance proceeds on the financial statements
      • Identify the benchmark used to determine a going concern
      • Identify a method that can be used to measure variable consideration revenue
      • Recognize an example of a construction-type contract
      • Identify an advantage of a remote accounting function
      • Recall how to adjust a deferred tax account when there is a change in tax law
      • Recognize a change made by the CARES Act to the deductibility of interest
      • Recognize how to account for PPP loan forgiveness
      • Identify how to treat the forgiveness of a PPP loan for tax purposes

      After reading the Chapter 3 course material, you will be able to:

      • Recognize the type of expense that is the basis for measuring the amount of the ERC. 13
      • Identify where to present the ERC in the statement of income using the ASC 958 conditional contribution model.
      • Recognize where to present the ERC in the statement of income using the IAS 20 grant model.
      • Identify an action step to be taken to correct the previous presentation and disclosure of an ERC in the prior year's statement of income.
      • Recognize the proper presentation of the ERC in a tax-basis statement of income.
      • Recognize a technique that has been attempted to circumvent the SALT deduction limitation.
      • Identify how to account for the PTE tax in an entity’s financial statements.
      • Recognize the requirements for recording deferred state income taxes concerning the PTE tax election.
      • Identify disclosures that should be made for the PTE tax.

      After reading the Chapter 4 course material, you will be able to:

      • Recognize the model that ASU 2016-13 uses to deal with credit losses
      • Identify how credit losses should be recorded under the new ASU 2016-13
      • Identify some of the disclosures required by ASU 2016-13

      After reading the Chapter 5 course material, you will be able to:

      • Identify the elements that are the target of the FASB’s disaggregation project
      • Recognize one of the characteristics of a multi-employer pension plan
      • Recognize the impact that life expectancy has on the amount of a pension liability
      • Identify the basic rule of the LIFO Conformity Requirement
      • Recognize how the IPIC external index for LIFO is used for GAAP
      • Recall the type of investment that is eliminated by ASU 2016-01
      • Identify when a sustainability disclosure is required by an SEC company
      • Recognize an example of a contract that is exempt from the scope of the revenue standard
      • Identify one of the two approaches that are used to recognize revenue using the new revenue standard
      • Recall a change to the accounting for the goodwill that is proposed by the FASB
      • Recognize how to present deferred income taxes on the balance sheet under ASU 2015-17
      • Recognize the basis that most marijuana businesses have to use
      • Recognize when a state might be able to charge sales tax under the Wayfair decision

      After reading the Chapter 6 course material, you will be able to:

      • Identify the private company election to perform a triggering event evaluation
      • Recognize the types of arrangements that qualify for the private company accounting alternative election related to goodwill amortization and acquisitions
      • Recognize the accounting alternative for leases under common control in ASU 2018-17

      After reading the Chapter 7 course material, you will be able to:

      • Recognize a precondition for an accountant to accept an SSARS engagement
      • Recall whether the preparation of financial statements standard is an attest or non attest service 14
      • Identify whether a report is required in the preparation of financial statements engagement
      • Recognize what the reporting requirements are, if any when a "no assurance" legend is omitted from prepared financial statements under the AR-C 70 standards
      • Identify where to disclose GAAP departures in the preparation of financial statements engagement
      • Identify factors that should consider in determining materiality in a review engagement
      • Recognize a change that SSARS No. 25 makes to the accountant’s review report
      • Identify the term that GAAP uses for management’s assessment of an entity’s going concerned
      • Recall some of the items that should be documented in a review engagement

      After reading the Chapter 8 course material, you will be able to:

      • Identify a suggestion for an auditor to reduce time and increase audit efficiency
      • Recognize when negative accounts receivable confirmations should not be used
      • Identify the form of a comfort letter that would be appropriate for an accountant to make to a lender
      • Recall the rule for an auditor presenting his or her city and state on the audit report
      • Identify the rules for an auditor communicating deficiencies found in an audit
      • Recognize an example of a result that can occur if there is a problem with a DOL employee benefit plan audit
      • Identify a type of fraudster
      • Recall the location of certain sections in the auditor’s report
      • Recognize the categorization of an adverse opinion
      • Identify a change that SAS No. 136 makes to the limited-scope ERISA audit
      • Recognize one of the changes made by AU-C 703 to ERISA audits
      • Recall the reporting requirement when an auditor obtains other information in an audit
      • Identify a reference that is made in the new definition of materiality
      • Recognize the definition of certain types of paragraphs made by SAS No. 139
      • Recognize an example of an attribute of information obtained as audit evidence per SAS No. 142
      • Identify how inherent and control risk should be assessed under the SAS No. 143 requirements
      • Recall the three approaches that an auditor can use to perform further audit procedures required by SAS No. 143
      • Identify some instances in which an auditor may conclude that a specialist’s work is not adequate
      • Identify a type of risk assessment procedure that an auditor can use per SAS No. 145

      Who Should Attend:
      • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

      Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
      NASBA
      $29.00 each Add to cart

      Field Work and Reporting Standards for Professional Audits

      • Credits: 3
      • Format: Self-Study eBook
      • Field of Study: Auditing
      • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
      Available Formats: 
      Advanced Preparation:None
      Experience Level:Basic
      Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of the Auditing Process
      Course ID:AC-952.22-S
      Published Date:Mar 2022
      COURSE DESCRIPTION

      The Generally Accepted Governmental Auditing Standards, also known as the Yellow Book, provides a comprehensive framework for conducting governmental audits with a focus on high quality, integrity, competence, independence, and objectivity.
      The Yellow Book is used by auditors of government organizations, entities that receive government awards, and any other audit organization performing Yellow Book audits. The Yellow Book outlines all requirements for governmental
      audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control.

      This course will identify the general planning requirements for an audit that must comply with all of the applicable requirements for a review of financial statements conducted in accordance with GAGAS. Finally, this course will describe
      what must be included and what must be excluded from an audit report.

      Learning Objectives:

      After reading the course material, you will be able to:

      • Identify the general planning requirements for an audit that must comply with all of the applicable requirements for a review of financial statements conducted in accordance with GAGAS.
      • Recognize the five components of internal control.
      • Identify conditions that indicate a heightened risk of fraud.


      Who Should Attend:
      • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
      Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
      NASBA


      $199.00 each Add to cart

      Financial Markets A Comprehensive Overview

      • Credits: 20
      • Format: Self-Study eBook
      • Field of Study: Finance
      • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
      Available Formats: 
      Advanced Preparation:None
      Experience Level:Basic
      Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Finances
      Course ID:MW-104.22-S
      Published Date:Mar 2022
      COURSE DESCRIPTION

      Financial markets represent the lifeblood of our global economy. These mechanisms promote greater economic efficiency by transferring funds from individuals, businesses, and governments with an excess of available funds to those with
      a shortage. Funds are transferred in the financial markets through the purchase and sale of financial instruments (such as stocks and bonds). Short-term financial instruments are available in money markets, while longer-term financial
      instruments are purchased and sold in the world’s capital markets.

      Many financial markets have been in existence for hundreds of years; however, the modern era has brought along many new innovations such as securitization and the derivatives market.

      Topics include:
      • This course provides an introductory overview of the world’s largest financial markets, including the money, bond, stock, mortgage, foreign currency, and derivatives markets.
      • This course reviews the various types of financial risks that impact these markets, as well as the economic variables that influence market activity (such as interest rates and monetary policy).

      Learning Objectives:

      After reading the course material, you will be able to:

      • Identify the unique characteristics of financial markets.
      • Recognize the types of financial instruments traded in financial markets.
      • Recognize how economic variables (such as interest rates and monetary policy) and financial risks impact financial market activity.


      Who Should Attend:
      • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
      Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
      NASBA


      $19.00 each Add to cart

      Financial Reporting and Accounting for COVID-19 CARES Act and PPP Loans

      • Credits: 2
      •  
      • Format: Self-Study eBook
      • Field of Study: Accounting
      •  
      • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
      Available Formats:  
      Advanced Preparation:None
      Experience Level:Overview
      Program Prerequisites:General understanding of Accounting, Financial Reporting, Auditing and Compilation and Review Standards
      Course ID:SF-318.22 | SS
      Published Date:Feb 2022
      COURSE DESCRIPTION

      The objective of this course is to review the impact that COVID-19 has on accounting and financial reporting, and the changes made by the CARES Act and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, including accounting for Paycheck Protection
      Program (PPP) loans and forgiveness. 

      The course also discusses the accounting for PPP loans and forgiveness, the accounting for tax changes made by the CARES Act and Consolidated Appropriations Act, and more.

      Topics include:
      • Disclosures of risks and uncertainties
      • Impairment issues related to goodwill and other long-lived assets 
      • Accounting for variable consideration revenue and onerous contracts
      • Dealing with inventory costs and stock market investment losses
      • Collectability of trade receivables
      • Loan modification
      • Dealing with business interruption insurance.

      Learning Objectives:

      After reading the course material, you will be able to:

      • Recognize some types of concentrations that might require disclosure under the risk and uncertainty rules including supply-chain shortages
      • Identify the definition of near term
      • Recall the frequency in which an entity should test goodwill for impairment
      • Identify a method that can be used to measure variable consideration revenue
      • Recognize an example of a construction-type contract subject to the onerous contract rules
      • Recognize how to account for PPP loan forgiveness, and
      • Identify how to treat the forgiveness of a PPP loan for tax purposes.

      Who Should Attend:
      • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

      Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
      NASBA
      $9.00 each Add to cart

      Forensics Accounting Searching for Hidden Assets, Interests, and Income

      • Credits: 1
      • Format: Self-Study eBook
      • Field of Study: Accounting
      • Author/Speaker: Robert Minniti
      Available Formats: 
      Advanced Preparation:None
      Experience Level:Basic
      Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
      Course ID:RM-303.22-S
      Published Date:Mar 2022
      COURSE DESCRIPTION

      If you are working in the forensic accounting field at some time in your career it may be necessary to search for hidden assets. This course is designed to review why people hide assets and how they commonly hide them. We will discuss
      the methods for searching for hidden assets as part of a forensic accounting engagement and how to confiscate the assets once they are located. We will also review some of the legal issues involved with searching for and seizing
      assets.

      This course is appropriate for CPAs, CFEs, external auditors, internal auditors, CIAs, forensic accounts, CFFs, MAFFs, law enforcement personnel, and others who might be involved in searching for hidden assets.

        Learning Objectives:

        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

        • Identify methods for finding hidden assets
        • Identify methods for finding hidden income


        Who Should Attend:
        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
        NASBA


        $19.00 each Add to cart

        Fraud Update The Impact of Fraud and Actions to Address Fraud

        • Credits: 2
        • Format: Self-Study eBook
        • Field of Study: Fraud | Auditing
        • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
        Available Formats: 
        Advanced Preparation:None
        Experience Level:Basic 
        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Auditing
        Course ID:LP-313.22-S
        Published Date:Mar 2022
        COURSE DESCRIPTION

        As fraud has evolved over the years the controls and procedures to prevent and detect fraud have also evolved. This course will consider the significant impact of fraud and the measures that have occurred to address fraud, particularly
        white-collar crime. The United States government's response to events and situations involving fraudulent activity will be looked at along with the consequences for committing fraud.

        Topics include:
        • The effectiveness of an organization’s internal control system plays an important role in fraud.
        • The recently updated Internal Control-Integrated Framework provides valuable information for organizations of all sizes to consider sound actions to deter and detect fraud.
        • Examples of fraud risks will be reviewed along with steps that can be implemented as part of an anti-fraud program.

        Learning Objectives:

        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

        • Recognize the impact of fraud.
        • Identify government actions taken to address fraud.
        • Identify the components of internal control.
        • Recognize the fraud risk assessment process.
        • Recognize fraud risk factors.
        • Identify controls that address the risk of fraud.


        Who Should Attend:
        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
        NASBA


        $159.00 each Add to cart

        Fundamentals of Accounts Payable An Accountants Handbook

        • Credits: 16
        • Format: Self-Study eBook
        • Field of Study: Accounting
        • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
        Available Formats:
        Advanced Preparation:None
        Experience Level:Basic
        Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Accountancy
        Course ID:MS-111.22-S
        Published Date:Mar 2022
        COURSE DESCRIPTION

        Understanding the fundamentals of the accounts payable function is critical for any organization that wants to run an effective and efficient accounts payable function. Without this understanding, weak processes are permitted making
        fraud easier to commit. Duplicate payments increase and the function is not cost-effective.

        This course presents information the professional can use to create a strong process and implement an effective function.

        Industry expert Mary Schaeffer shows auditors, controllers, and managers how proper processes in the accounts payable function strengthen controls and lead to efficient and effective accounts payable function.

        Topics include:
        • Chapter 1: The Foundation of the Accounts Payable Function
        • Chapter 2: Master Vendor File: Where the Process Should Begin
        • Chapter 3: Invoice Processing: The Reason Accounts Payable Exists
        • Chapter 4: Checks: The Original (and Least Efficient) Payment Vehicle
        • Chapter 5: Purchase Cards: Streamlining the Payment Process for Small Purchases
        • Chapter 6: Electronic Payments: The Most Efficient Payment Vehicle
        • Chapter 7: Operational Issues: Invoice Handling and Processing
        • Chapter 8: Operational Issues: Payments
        • Chapter 9: Inaccurate Payments and Payment Auditing
        • Chapter 10: Expense Reimbursement (Travel & Entertainment)
        • Chapter 11: Check and P-card Payment Fraud: Detection and Prevention
        • Chapter 12: Electronic Payment Fraud Detection and Prevention
        • Chapter 13: Fraud: Other Types Affecting the Account Payable Function
        • Chapter 14: The Accounts Payable Policy and Procedures Manual
        • Chapter 15: Regulatory Issues Affecting the AP Function: A Lot More than Just 1099s
        • Chapter 16: Using Technology to Run a More Efficient Accounts Payable Function
        • Chapter 17: Internal Controls: The Glue that Holds a Best Practice Function Together
        • Chapter 18: Enhancing Operational Productivity in Accounts Payable: The Ongoing Challenge
        • Chapter 19: Enhancing Payment Productivity: The Electronic Payment Challenge
        • Chapter 20: Enhancing the Bottom Line: Where AP Can Bring in Cash
        • Chapter 21: Vendor Relations: An Often-Overlooked Issue
        • Chapter 22: The Future of the Accounts Payable Function

        Learning Objectives:

        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

        • Understand why setting up the accounts payable function correctly is important
        • Detect potential problems when payments are made outside accounts payable
        • Build an effective naming convention
        • Delineate an effective process for entering data in the master vendor file
        • Establish effective controls around the master vendor file
        • Create an effective process for the receipt of invoices
        • Identify duplicate invoices
        • Construct new procedures for emailed invoices
        • Understand and identify the problems associated with paper checks
        • Reduce the number of paper checks
        • Build programs that will eliminate (or partially eliminate) paper checks
        • Create an effective p-card policy
        • Identify and eliminate common p-card complications
        • Craft an employee responsibility agreement for use of p-cards
        • Craft an electronic payment expansion program
        • Produce procedures for dealing with discrepant invoices
        • Identify duplicate invoices
        • Craft an effective process for dealing with invoices without a PO number or name of the requisitioner
        • Construct strong processes to avoid returning checks to requisitioners and issuing rush checks
        • Eliminate all late fees
        • Execute best practices when hiring a recovery firm
        • Implement a travel policy that conforms to IRS guidelines
        • Assemble a spot-checking policy for expense receipts
        • Set reasonable reimbursement practices
        • Use positive pay correctly
        • Implement policies that deter p-card fraud
        • Pinpoint misconceptions that deter proper fraud protection
        • Employ best practices to prevent ACH and wire fraud
        • Create a policy to deal with the BYOD issue
        • Create an effective policy and procedures manual
        • Establish a policy for updating the accounts payable policy and procedures manual on a regular basis
        • Develop effective procedures for handling information reporting requirements related to accounts payable (1099)
        • Establish procedures for checking for bribery violations
        • Integrate low-cost technology to create a more efficient accounts payable process
        • Incorporate appropriate segregation of duties into your accounts payable


        Who Should Attend:
        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
        NASBA


        $159.00 each Add to cart

        GAAP Tax Basis Q and A

        • Credits: 16
        •  
        • Format: Self-Study eBook
        • Field of Study: Accounting
        • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
        Available Formats:   
        Advanced Preparation: None
        Experience Level: Overview
        Program Prerequisites: General understanding of U.S. GAAP
        Course ID: SF-303.22 | SS
        Published Date: Jan 2022
        COURSE DESCRIPTION

        In 2009, the FASB completed its Accounting Standards Codification™ (Codification) which was published in FASB No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (FASB ASC 105). The Codification was effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. 

        With the Codification, the FASB had as its goal to consolidate U. S. GAAP into one system that can be more easily researched by topic, rather than by reference number.  The Codification changes the citations for GAAP from the typical FASB or APB statement number to an Accounting Standards Codification (FASB ASC) reference.   For example, FASB No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, has been codified into FASB ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments. 

        In this course, the author has, in some instances, including the original U.S. GAAP reference (e.g., FASB No. 115) parenthetically along with the FASB ASC topic number under the Codification (e.g., FASB ASC 320).  For abbreviation purposes, the author uses the terms ASC, FASB ASC, and FASB ASC Topic, interchangeably

        Learning Objectives:

        This course is divided into two sections. The purpose of Section I is to review unusual reporting and disclosure issues that develop in practice including questions such as how to disclose life insurance, leases, catastrophes, agreements not to compete, and investments.  Section II deals with how to disclose and present tax-basis financial statements.  Most of the course is presented in a Q&A format. 

        After reading the Section 1 course material, you will be able to:

        • Recall the accounting treatment for non-monetary exchanges
        • Recognize the formula for measuring impairment of real estate
        • Identify the accounting for different types of investments such as securities, investments using the equity method, and partnerships
        • Recognize some of the disclosures required for trade receivables
        • Recognize how FIFO inventory is valued under the new inventory rules
        • Recall certain inventoriable costs
        • Recall the GAAP rules to account for an intangible asset with a finite useful life
        • Identify the accounting for environmental contamination costs
        • Identify examples of costs associated with exit activities
        • Recognize how an entity should account for revenue when treated as an agent
        • Identify options to avoid having to maintain two depreciation schedules
        • Recall how to account for certain lease arrangements
        • Recognize how to account for certain transactions on the statement of cash flows
        • Identify examples of group concentrations
        • Recognize some of the results from the new net operating loss rules in tax reform
        • Identify the basic accounting for fresh start reporting
        • Identify how web development costs are accounted for during certain stages of development
        • Recognize when an entity may elect the fair value option and identify some of the eligible items for which the option is available
        • Recognize the basic rule for the liquidation basis of accounting

        After reading the Section 2 course material, you will be able to:

        • Recognize some of the M-1 differences that do not apply to tax-basis financial statements
        • Recognize how to account for an accounting change in tax-basis financial statements
        • Recall how to account for and present nontaxable and nondeductible items in tax -basic financial statements
        • Identify the disclosure requirements for tax-basis financial statements
        • Recognize the appropriate and inappropriate financial statement titles for tax-basis financial statements

        Who Should Attend:
        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
        NASBA


        $9.00 each Add to cart

        Getting Paid Faster

        • Credits: 1
        • Format: Self-Study eBook
        • Field of Study: Accounting
        • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
        Available Formats:
        Advanced Preparation:None
        Experience Level:Basic
        Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Accountancy
        Course ID:MS-112.22-S
        Published Date:Mar 2022
        COURSE DESCRIPTION

        Most companies have at least a few customers who don’t pay them on time. Unfortunately, for some, the problem is worse. They have many customers who don’t pay them as quickly as they’d like. While it is definitely true that some of
        these organizations purposely drag their feet when it comes to the timing of payments, that is not always the case. In fact, many times the delay is due to something the supplier did (or didn’t do) during the billing process. These
        are simple practices that could be easily rectified. This course contains the standard best practices every organization should use when trying to get paid on time as well as a look at the common mistakes that end in delaying payments.
        The information on these inopportune slip-ups comes from interviews with accounts payable professionals who shared their frustrations over these easily fixable oversights.

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Identify common mistakes in your billing process that delay payments
          • Create a clean billing process that produces error-free invoices
          • Build an effective strategy ensuring you have all needed information on your invoices
          • Pinpoint practices that unintentionally cause delays in payment
          • Develop an effective strategy for creating a better relationship with the personnel at your customers who are responsible for making payments


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $49.00 each Add to cart

          Government Auditing Standards and Performing Audits

          • Credits: 5
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Auditing
          • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of the Auditing Process
          Course ID:AC-955.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          The Generally Accepted Governmental Auditing Standards, also known as the Yellow Book, provides a comprehensive framework for conducting governmental audits with a focus on high quality, integrity, competence, independence, and objectivity.
          The Yellow Book is used by auditors of government organizations, entities that receive government awards, and any other audit organization performing Yellow Book audits. The Yellow Book outlines all requirements for governmental
          audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control.

          Topics include:
          • This course will identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work.
          • This course will identify the categories of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility imposed on auditors and audit organizations.
          • This course will identify the requirements for auditor communication.
          • This course will identify the general planning requirements for an audit that must comply with all of the applicable requirements for a review of financial statements conducted in accordance with GAGAS.
          • Finally, this course will describe what must be included and what must be excluded from an audit report.
          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work,
          • Recognize the types of engagements that may be conducted in accordance with GAGAS, and
          • Identify terminology that is commonly used in GAGAS.
          • Identify the categories of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility imposed on auditors and audit organizations.
          • Identify the requirements for auditor communication.
          • Recognize the items that an auditor should include in the report on internal control and compliance.
          • Identify what an auditor must-do if certain information is prohibited from public disclosure or is excluded from a report because of its confidential or sensitive nature.
          • Recognize what an auditor must do when Obtaining and Reporting the Views of Responsible Officials.
          • Identify the general planning requirements for an audit that must comply with all of the applicable requirements for a review of financial statements conducted in accordance with GAGAS.
          • Recognize the five components of internal control.
          • Identify conditions that indicate a heightened risk of fraud.
          • Recognize what must be included and what must be excluded from the audit report.
          • Identify the requirements when reporting on instances of fraud.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $29.00 each Add to cart

          Government Auditing Standards and Professional Requirements

          • Credits: 3
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Auditing
          • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Auditing Process
          Course ID:AC-959.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          The Generally Accepted Governmental Auditing Standards, also known as the Yellow Book, provides a comprehensive framework for conducting governmental audits with a focus on high quality, integrity, competence, independence, and objectivity.
          The Yellow Book is used by auditors of government organizations, entities that receive government awards, and any other audit organization performing Yellow Book audits. The Yellow Book outlines all requirements for governmental
          audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control.

          This course will identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work. This course will identify the categories of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility
          imposed on auditors and audit organizations. This course will identify the requirements for auditor communication. This course will identify the general planning requirements for an audit that must comply with all of the applicable
          requirements for a review of financial statements conducted in accordance with GAGAS. Finally, this course will describe what must be included and what must be excluded from an audit report.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: Foundation and Principles for the Use and Application of Government Auditing Standards
          • Chapter 2: General Requirements for Complying with Government Auditing Standards
          • Chapter 3: Standards for Financial Audits
          • Chapter 4: Fieldwork Standards for Performance Audits
          • Chapter 5: Reporting Standards for Performance Audits

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work,
          • Identify the categories of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility imposed on auditors and audit organizations.
          • Recognize the items that an auditor should include in the report on internal control and compliance.
          • Identify the general planning requirements for an audit that must comply with all of the applicable requirements for a review of financial statements conducted in accordance with GAGAS.
          • Recognize what must be included and what must be excluded from the audit report.
          • Identify the requirements when reporting on instances of fraud.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $119.00 each Add to cart

          Governmental Auditing Standards

          • Credits: 12
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Auditing
          • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic 
          Program Prerequisites:Basic understanding of the Auditing Process
          Course ID:AC-957.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          The Generally Accepted Governmental Auditing Standards, also known as the Yellow Book, provides a comprehensive framework for conducting governmental audits with a focus on high quality, integrity, competence, independence, and objectivity.
          The Yellow Book is used by auditors of government organizations, entities that receive government awards, and any other audit organization performing Yellow Book audits. The Yellow Book outlines all requirements for governmental
          audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control.

          This course will describe when the Yellow Book standards must be applied. This course will identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work. This course will identify the categories
          of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility imposed on auditors and audit organizations. This course will identify the ethical principles that guide the work of auditors who conduct engagements in accordance
          with GAGAS. This course will identify the individuals that have a role in an audit engagement. This course will Recognize the methods for selecting individuals of integrity who have the capacity to develop the competence and capabilities
          necessary to perform the audit organization’s work competently. This course will identify the requirements for auditor communication. This course will identify the three levels of service as identified by the AICPA. This course
          will identify the general planning requirements for an audit that must comply with all of the applicable requirements for a review of financial statements conducted in accordance with GAGAS. Finally, this course will describe what
          must be included and what must be excluded from an audit report.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: Foundation and Principles for the Use and Application of Government Auditing Standard
          • Chapter 2: General Requirements for Complying with Government Auditing Standards
          • Chapter 3: Ethics, Independence, and Professional Judgment
          • Chapter 4: Competence and Continuing Professional Education
          • Chapter 5: Quality Control and Peer Review
          • Chapter 6: Standards for Financial Audits
          • Chapter 7: Standards for Attestation Engagements and Reviews of Financial Statements
          • Chapter 8: Fieldwork Standards for Performance Audits
          • Chapter 9: Reporting Standards for Performance Audits

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Identify the types of auditors and audit organizations that may employ GAGAS to conduct their work.
          • Identify the categories of requirements that GAGAS uses to describe the degree of responsibility imposed on auditors and audit organizations.
          • Recognize that action that must be taken by auditors if they conclude that the independence of the engagement team or the audit organization is impaired.
          • Identify the number of CPE hours that must be completed in a 2-year period in order to maintain their professional competence.
          • Recognized the methods for selecting individuals of integrity who have the capacity to develop the competence and capabilities necessary to perform the audit organization’s work competently.
          • Identify what an auditor must-do if certain information is prohibited from public disclosure or is excluded from a report because of its confidential or sensitive nature.
          • Identify the three levels of service as defined by the AICPA.
          • Recognize the five components of internal control.
          • Recognize what must be included and what must be excluded from the audit report.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $99.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS in the USA An Implementation Guide

          • Credits: 10
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats:
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic
          Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Accountancy
          Course ID:MW-105.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) represent the international alternative to the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Most of the world already communicates with investors and stakeholders about corporate
          financial performance in the language of IFRS. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate
          as many differences between the two Standards as possible.

          Topics include:
          • This course provides an introductory overview of International Financial Reporting Standards, including detailed discussions of the impact of adopting IFRS on businesses.
          • This course also includes comprehensive reviews of the IASB structure and its standard-setting process, the basic framework that serves as the foundation for IFRS, and the differences that exist between U.S. GAAP and IFRS.

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Define “IFRS” and recognize practices consistent with the due process followed when developing and issuing IFRS.
          • Recognize the basic concepts by which financial statements are prepared under IFRS.
          • Identify the primary differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP and the efforts by the IASB and the FASB to eliminate these differences.
          • Recognize the costs and benefits associated with adopting IFRS.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $49.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS Learning Module 1 Presentation of IFRS Financial Statements

          • Credits: 5
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accountancy
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
          Course ID:MW-107.22-S
          Published Date:Jan 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          IFRS Learning Modules are a series of courses that provide in-depth overviews of various topics related to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS represents the global accounting principles that provide the foundation
          for most of the world’s financial reporting. These Standards establish the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for transactions and events reflected in IFRS financial statements.

          The growing acceptance of IFRS as a basis for U.S. financial reporting represents a fundamental change for the U.S. accounting profession. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have
          made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate as many differences between the two Standards as possible. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has endorsed the outright
          adoption of IFRS in the United States. Therefore it is clear that IFRS represents the future of financial accounting and reporting in the United States.

          Module 1 of the IFRS Learning Module series provides a “deep dive” into the principles governing the presentation of financial statements under IFRS. This includes a review of the IASB’s Framework, which addresses the concepts underlying
          the information presented in IFRS financial statements. It also includes detailed discussions of the IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows. Finally, this course provides an in-depth look at
          the joint IASB/FASB project that will result in sweeping changes to financial statement presentation in the near future.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: FRAMEWORK FOR THE PREPARATION AND PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          • Chapter 2: INTRODUCTION TO IAS 1
          • Chapter 3: IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          • Chapter 4: IASB & FASB JOINT PROJECT
          • Chapter 5: Module Summary

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Identify financial reports that are within the scope of the IASB Framework.
          • Recognize practices that are consistent with the underlying assumptions and qualitative characteristics of financial statements prepared in accordance with the IASB Framework.
          • Describe the characteristics of general purpose financial statements required under IFRS.
          • Identify and classify the various elements of IFRS financial statements.
          • Describe the IASB/FASB joint project on financial statement presentation and its impact on financial reporting.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $19.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS Learning Module 2 Accounting Changes and Error Corrections

          • Credits: 2
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
          Course ID:MW-108.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          IFRS Learning Modules are a series of courses that provide in-depth overviews of various topics related to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS represents the global accounting principles that provide the foundation
          for most of the world’s financial reporting. These Standards establish the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for transactions and events reflected in IFRS financial statements.

          The growing acceptance of IFRS as a basis for U.S. financial reporting represents a fundamental change for the U.S. accounting profession. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have
          made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate as many differences between the two Standards as possible. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has endorsed the outright
          adoption of IFRS in the United States. Therefore it is clear that IFRS represents the future of financial accounting and reporting in the United States.

          Module 2 of the IFRS Learning Module series presents an overview of IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and discusses the IASB’s and FASB’s efforts towards achieving convergence in these areas of financial
          reporting.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION TO IAS 8
          • Chapter 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES
          • Chapter 3: ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
          • Chapter 4: ACCOUNTING ERRORS
          • Chapter 5: IFRS & U.S. GAAP CONVERGENCE

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Properly classify accounting changes (i.e. changes in accounting policy, changes in accounting estimates, and error corrections) per the guidelines of IAS 8.
          • Describe the recognition and disclosure requirements for each type of accounting change under IAS 8.
          • Describe the similarities and differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP in the area of accounting changes.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $19.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS Learning Module 3 Events after the Reporting Period

          • Credits: 2
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic 
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
          Course ID:MW-109.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          IFRS Learning Modules are a series of courses that provide in-depth overviews of various topics related to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS represents the global accounting principles that provide the foundation
          for most of the world’s financial reporting. These Standards establish the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for transactions and events reflected in IFRS financial statements.

          The growing acceptance of IFRS as a basis for U.S. financial reporting represents a fundamental change for the U.S. accounting profession. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have
          made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate as many differences between the two Standards as possible. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has endorsed the outright
          adoption of IFRS in the United States. Therefore it is clear that IFRS represents the future of financial accounting and reporting in the United States.

          Module 3 of the IFRS Learning Module series presents an overview of IAS 10 Events after the Reporting Period (a topic commonly referred to as “subsequent events” under U.S. GAAP) and discusses the IASB’s and FASB’s efforts towards
          achieving convergence in this area of financial reporting.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION TO IAS 10
          • Chapter 2: RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
          • Chapter 3: GOING CONCERN
          • Chapter 4: DISCLOSURES
          • Chapter 5: IFRS & U.S. GAAP CONVERGENCE

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Define “events after the reporting period” per the guidelines of IAS 10.
          • Describe the recognition and disclosure requirements for events after the reporting period under IAS 10.
          • Describe the similarities and differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP in the area of events after the reporting period (a.k.a. “subsequent events”).


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $39.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS Learning Module 4 Inventories

          • Credits: 4
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats:
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic 
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
          Course ID:MW-110.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          IFRS Learning Modules are a series of courses that provide in-depth overviews of various topics related to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS represents the global accounting principles that provide the foundation
          for most of the world’s financial reporting. These Standards establish the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for transactions and events reflected in IFRS financial statements.

          The growing acceptance of IFRS as a basis for U.S. financial reporting represents a fundamental change for the U.S. accounting profession. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have
          made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate as many differences between the two Standards as possible. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has endorsed the outright
          adoption of IFRS in the United States. Therefore it is clear that IFRS represents the future of financial accounting and reporting in the United States.

          Module 4 of the IFRS Learning Module series presents an overview of IAS 2 Inventories, the accounting standard for classifying and measuring inventories in IFRS financial statements. This module also discusses the IASB’s and FASB’s
          efforts towards achieving convergence in this area of financial reporting.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION TO IAS 2
          • Chapter 2: INVENTORY CLASSIFICATIONS
          • Chapter 3: INVENTORY SYSTEMS
          • Chapter 4: MEASUREMENT OF INVENTORIES (PART 1)
          • Chapter 5: MEASUREMENT OF INVENTORIES (PART 2)
          • Chapter 6: MEASUREMENT OF INVENTORIES (PART 3)
          • Chapter 7: DISCLOSURES
          • Chapter 8: IFRS & U.S. GAAP CONVERGENCE

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Identify major classifications of inventory.
          • Distinguish between perpetual and periodic inventory systems.
          • Describe the items to include as inventory cost.
          • Describe and compare the formulas used to measure inventories in IFRS financial statements.
          • Explain when reporting entities measure inventories at a net realizable value in IFRS financial statements.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $29.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS Learning Module 5 Operating Segment Reporting

          • Credits: 3
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic 
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
          Course ID:MW-111.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          IFRS Learning Modules are a series of courses that provide in-depth overviews of various topics related to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS represents the global accounting principles that provide the foundation
          for most of the world’s financial reporting. These Standards establish the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for transactions and events reflected in IFRS financial statements.

          The growing acceptance of IFRS as a basis for U.S. financial reporting represents a fundamental change for the U.S. accounting profession. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have
          made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate as many differences between the two Standards as possible. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has endorsed the outright
          adoption of IFRS in the United States. Therefore it is clear that IFRS represents the future of financial accounting and reporting in the United States.

          Module 5 of the IFRS Learning Module series presents an overview of IFRS 8 Operating Segments; this overview includes a detailed discussion of the processes for identifying, aggregating, and reporting operating segments in IFRS financial
          statements. The course also discusses the IASB’s and FASB’s efforts towards achieving convergence in segment reporting.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION TO IFRS 8
          • Chapter 2: IDENTIFYING OPERATING SEGMENTS
          • Chapter 3: IDENTIFYING AND AGGREGATING REPORTABLE SEGMENTS
          • Chapter 4: DISCLOSURES (SEGMENT)
          • Chapter 5: DISCLOSURES (ENTITY-WIDE)
          • Chapter 6: IFRS & U.S. GAAP CONVERGENCE

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Explains the process for identifying operating segments under IFRS 8.
          • Identify reportable segments based on the guidelines and quantitative thresholds provided in IFRS 8.
          • Describe the disclosure requirements of IFRS 8.
          • Describe the similarities and differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP in the area of segment reporting.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $29.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS Learning Module 6 Earnings per Share

          • Credits: 3
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic 
          Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Accountancy
          Course ID:MW-112.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          IFRS Learning Modules are a series of courses that provide in-depth overviews of various topics related to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS represents the global accounting principles that provide the foundation
          for most of the world’s financial reporting. These Standards establish the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for transactions and events reflected in IFRS financial statements.

          The growing acceptance of IFRS as a basis for U.S. financial reporting represents a fundamental change for the U.S. accounting profession. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have
          made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate as many differences between the two Standards as possible. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has endorsed the outright
          adoption of IFRS in the United States. Therefore it is clear that IFRS represents the future of financial accounting and reporting in the United States.

          Module 6 of the IFRS Learning Module series presents an overview of IAS 33 Earnings per Share; this overview includes a detailed discussion of the processes for calculating and reporting earnings per share measurements in IFRS financial
          statements. The course also discusses the IASB’s and FASB’s efforts towards achieving convergence in EPS reporting.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION TO IAS 33
          • Chapter 2: CAPITAL STRUCTURES
          • Chapter 3: BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
          • Chapter 4: DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
          • Chapter 5: PRESENTATION AND DISCLOSURE
          • Chapter 6: IFRS & U.S. GAAP CONVERGENCE

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Calculate basic and diluted earnings per share.
          • Describe the presentation and disclosure requirements of IAS 33.
          • Describe the similarities and differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP in the area of earnings per share.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $59.00 each Add to cart

          IFRS Learning Module 7 Property Plant and Equipment

          • Credits: 6
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Michael Walker
          Available Formats: 
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Basic
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
          Course ID:MW-113.22-S
          Published Date:Mar 2022
          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          IFRS Learning Modules are a series of courses that provide in-depth overviews of various topics related to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS represents the global accounting principles that provide the foundation
          for most of the world’s financial reporting. These Standards establish the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for transactions and events reflected in IFRS financial statements.

          The growing acceptance of IFRS as a basis for U.S. financial reporting represents a fundamental change for the U.S. accounting profession. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and their U.S. equivalent (the FASB) have
          made commitments towards the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS and are working to eliminate as many differences between the two Standards as possible. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has endorsed the outright
          adoption of IFRS in the United States. Therefore it is clear that IFRS represents the future of financial accounting and reporting in the United States.

          Module 7 of the IFRS Learning Module series presents an overview of IAS 16 Property, Plant, and Equipment, the accounting standard for classifying and measuring property, plant, and equipment (also known as ‘fixed assets’) in IFRS
          financial statements. The course also discusses the IASB’s and FASB’s efforts towards achieving convergence in fixed assets reporting.

          Topics include:
          • Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION TO IAS 16
          • Chapter 2: ACQUISITION OF PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
          • Chapter 3: COSTS AFTER ACQUISITION
          • Chapter 4: DEPRECIATION FACTORS
          • Chapter 5: DEPRECIATION METHODS
          • Chapter 6: IMPAIRMENTS
          • Chapter 7: REVALUATIONS
          • Chapter 8: DISPOSAL OF PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
          • Chapter 9: DISCLOSURES
          • Chapter 10: IFRS & U.S. GAAP CONVERGENCE

          Learning Objectives:

          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

          • Explain the proper accounting treatment for acquisitions of property, plant, and equipment (and other associated costs) under IFRS.
          • Calculate depreciation using the methods permitted under IAS 16.
          • Describe the process for determining whether or not a long-lived asset is impaired under IAS 36.
          • Distinguish between the ‘cost’ and ‘revaluation’ accounting models (as described in IAS16).
          • Describe the similarities and differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP in the area of property, plant, and equipment.


          Who Should Attend:
          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
          NASBA


          $9.00 each Add to cart

          Internal Control Breakdowns In Accounts Payable and How to Deal with Them

          • Credits: 1
          • Format: Self-Study eBook
          • Field of Study: Accounting
          • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
          Available Formats:
          Advanced Preparation:None
          Experience Level:Overview
          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
          Course ID:MS-106.21
          Published Date:© Jan 2020

          COURSE DESCRIPTION

          Strong internal controls are a good part of the fraud prevention framework any organization creates to thwart crooks. However, these controls fall in many places, and often they are in places where you least expect them. This is especially important when it comes to the accounts payable function. For control breakdowns in this area allow crooks easy access to the organization’s financial assets. This course takes a look at control breakdowns that are sometimes unintentionally ignored to the peril of the organization not addressing them. The issues evaluated in this course are critical to those who want to run an efficient, fraud-resistant accounts payable function.

            Who Should Attend:
            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
            NASBA


            $29.00 each Add to cart

            Internal Controls for Fraud in Small Businesses

            • Credits: 3
            • Format: Self-Study eBook
            • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
            • Author/Speaker: Robert Minniti
            Available Formats: 
            Advanced Preparation:None
            Experience Level:Basic
            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
            Course ID:RM-305.22-S
            Published Date:Mar 2022
            COURSE DESCRIPTION

            This course is designed to familiarize participants with internal controls that can help to prevent and detect fraud in their organizations. All organizations whether for-profit businesses, not-for-profits or government entities are
            susceptible to fraud. Fraud can incur internally and be perpetrated by employees, managers, or owners, or fraud can be perpetrated externally by customers, vendors, former employees, and individuals or criminal organizations that
            have no relationship to the victim organization. This course is designed to consider internal controls for fraud in small businesses but could also be useful for other small entities.

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify risks of fraud in small businesses
              • Identify internal controls to help prevent fraud
              • Identify internal controls to help detect fraud
              • Design internal controls for a small business

              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
              • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $89.00 each Add to cart

              Internal Controls in Accounts Payable

              • Credits: 9
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
              Course ID:MS-200.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              Strong internal controls are a good part of the fraud prevention framework any organization creates to thwart crooks. However, there are many places these controls fall down and often they are in places where you least expect them.
              This is especially important when it comes to the accounts payable function. For control breakdowns in this area allow crooks easy access to the organization’s financial assets.

              This course takes a look at control breakdowns that are sometimes unintentionally ignored to the peril of the organization not addressing them. The issues evaluated in this course are critical to those who want to run an efficient,
              fraud-resistant accounts payable function.

              Topics include:
              • Chapter 1: Why Internal Controls Matter
              • Chapter 2: The Basics of Internal Controls: Theory
              • Chapter 3: The Basics of Internal Controls: In Practice
              • Chapter 4: Fraud Prevention Controls and Practices
              • Chapter 5: Internal Controls and Duplicate Payments
              • Chapter 6: Where Internal Controls Break Down
              • Chapter 7: Purchase Orders and Their Role in Internal Controls
              • Chapter 8: Invoice Processing: The Core of the Accounts Payable Function
              • Chapter 9: Invoice Related Control Issues
              • Chapter 10: When Paying by Check: The Internal Control Migraine
              • Chapter 11: Check Related Issues
              • Chapter 12: Corporate Procurement Cards: An Alternative to Paper Checks
              • Chapter 13: Electronic Payment Alternatives: A Better Payment Approach
              • Chapter 14: The Master Vendor File: Where It All Begins
              • Chapter 15: The Travel and Entertainment Component: Expense Reimbursements
              • Chapter 16: Computers, Tablets, and Smartphones: The Often-Overlooked Control Component
              • Chapter 17: Controls to Prevent Bribing Foreign Government Officials
              • Chapter 18: Other Issues That Present Control Concerns
              • Chapter 19: The Policy and Procedures Manual: Tying It All Together

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Detect problems likely to occur as a result of weak controls
              • Identify the regulatory consequences of poor or ineffective controls
              • Identify really bad accounts payable practices that weaken controls
              • Pinpoint problems likely to occur if strong controls are not used in accounts payable
              • Delineate problems created when segregation of duties are not set up correctly
              • Identify real-life issues that arise due to poor internal controls
              • Demonstrate the interaction between fraud and poor internal controls
              • Reveal internal control practices every organization should use to deter fraud
              • Identify and eliminate weak control practices that don’t curtail duplicate payments
              • Show how poor controls make duplicate payments more likely to occur
              • Pinpoint places where internal controls most commonly breakdown in the accounts payable function
              • Reveal reasons controls sometimes fail to Demonstrate how an accounts payable policy and procedures manual strengthens controls
              • Pinpoint places where purchase orders cause control problems
              • Identify common purchase order problems and show how they can be fixed
              • Identify common invoice problems
              • Demonstrate how best invoice control practices improve the processing function
              • Recognize invoice automation control issues as they arise
              • Be aware of how control issues can fall apart in the accounts payable function in the month-end and year-end close
              • Implement the proper controls around the check production process
              • Demonstrate why signature stamps represent poor control and can cause your organization big problems
              • Identify poor controls related to check request forms
              • Demonstrate why bank reconciliations have to be done on a very timely basis
              • Identify controls that should be incorporated into every corporate procurement program
              • Reveal best fraud control strategies for your corporate procurement card program
              • Reveal best control practices related to electronic payments
              • Demonstrate why daily bank reconciliations are so important even if electronic payments are not being made
              • Reveal how controls around the master vendor file prevent fraud
              • Show how inappropriate segregation of duties around the master vendor file hurt the bottom line
              • Show how uniform enforcement of the travel policy minimizes game playing on the part of employees
              • Demonstrate how to control expense reimbursement fraud
              • Demonstrate the importance of having a policy regarding employees using personal devices for work
              • Integrate appropriate internal controls into the use by employees of personal devices
              • Integrate checking for bribery into the accounts payable function
              • Show how employees tend to disguise bribes to foreign government officials
              • Identify control problems created when employees share passwords
              • Identify issues created by Super Users of ERP systems
              • Shows how a good policy and procedures manual can strengthen internal controls
              • Demonstrate why updating the policy and procedures manual regularly strengthens internal controls


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $9.00 each Add to cart

              Introduction to Forensics Accounting

              • Credits: 1
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              • Author/Speaker: Robert Minniti
              Available Formats:
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
              Course ID:RM-302.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              This course is designed for individuals who would like to obtain a basic introduction to forensic accounting. We will review the history of the forensic accounting profession in the United States. Participants will be exposed to various
              professional associations and certifications in the forensic accounting field. We will discuss the career opportunities in the forensic accounting field and the skills and knowledge necessary to be a successful forensic accountant.

              In the accounting industry, one of the topics it’s often broached is the area of forensic accounting. Many accountants are interested in learning more about forensic accounting or are interested in getting into the forensic accounting
              profession. This basic level CPE course is designed to help answer some of the basic questions about forensic accounting and working in the forensic accounting field.

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Define forensic accounting.
              • Identify professional associations and designations in the forensic accounting field.
              • Identify various types of forensic accounting engagements, certifications, and designations.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $39.00 each Add to cart

              Introduction to Fraud

              • Credits: 4
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Robert Minniti
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Fraud
              Course ID:RM-300.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              This course is designed for individuals who would like to obtain a basic understanding of fraud. We will discuss various types of fraud and how criminals commit fraud. We will review some of the legal and ethical implications involved.
              Examples of real-world cases will be provided to help develop an understanding of the risks involved. Participants will be introduced to the fraud triangle and the elements of fraud. We will discuss the history of fraud as it related
              to the accounting profession.

              This course will concentrate on various types of fraud including occupational frauds affecting public companies, private companies, not-for-profits, and governmental entities. We will also discuss consumer frauds and fraud perpetrated
              by businesses and other entities.

              Topics include:
              • Types of fraud
              • How fraud is committed
              • Legal implications of fraud

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Understand the definition of fraud.
              • Understand the fraud triangle.
              • Understand the elements of fraud.
              • Gain knowledge of the history of fraud.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $110.00 each Add to cart

              It's All About your Bottom Line

              • Credits: 11
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
              Course ID:MS-108.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The book begins with a look at changing best practices and identifies those which must change in order for the accounts payable function to remain effective and thus allow the parent organization to remain competitive. It also explains
              why best practices are so important and why keeping current on the latest practices is critical for all.

              This course takes a deep dive into the developing issues impacting the AP function of every company. The issues evaluated in this course are critical to those who want to run a cost-effective, efficient, fraud-resistant AP function.

              Topics include:
              • Chapter 1 Changing Best Practices: No Longer a Static Set of Rules
              • Chapter 2 The Evolution in the Invoice Environment
              • Chapter 3 The Business Community Takes a Giant Step away from Paper Checks: Electronic Payments
              • Chapter 4 Electronic Payments: Expansion and Innovation
              • Chapter 5: Expense Reimbursement Receipts: The Bombshell Issue Many Don’t Expect
              • Chapter 6: Emerging Payment Frauds, both Large and Small
              • Chapter 7: Vendor Portals in Accounts Payable
              • Chapter 8: Advances in Technologies Provide New Data Insights
              • Chapter 9: Unique Challenges Created by Personal Devices (Smartphones and Tablets)
              • Chapter 10: Often-Overlooked Internal Control Breakdowns
              • Chapter 11: The New Vocabulary in Use in Accounts Payable (and Elsewhere in the Business Community)
              • Chapter 12: The Accounts Payable Function of Tomorrow
              • Chapter 13: The Future of the Professionals Working in and Managing the Accounts Payable Function

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Pinpoint problems that arise when best practices are ignored in AP.
              • Implement a best practice AP policy.
              • Create procedures that address new issues impacting AP function.
              • Pinpoint the skill sets and personnel likely to be successful in AP in the future.
              • Implement a customer service approach in the AP department.
              • Identify the needed skills you or your staff might be missing.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $79.00 each Add to cart

              Major Changes to Auditing Standards Board Clarity Project SAS Nos. 122-133

              • Credits: 8
              •  
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Auditing
              •  
              • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Overview
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Auditing Standards
              Course ID:SF-205.22 | SS
              Published Date:Jan 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              This course explains the significant changes made to auditing standards by the Auditing Standards Board’s Clarity Project that resulted in the issuance of SAS Nos. 122-133. The course is written in a format that provides an overview
              by allowing the reader to review, recall, and identify key provisions within the new standards.

              Topics Covered:
              • ASB’s Clarity Project
              • Replacement SASs with Substantive Changes
              • Other Selected New SASs- Clarifying Changes Only
              • SAS Nos. 128-133

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Recall the structure of the new ASB Clarity Project and how each new standard is segregated
              • Identify categories of laws and regulations that are found in AU-C 250
              • Identify the scope of communications an auditor should make concerning noncompliance with laws and regulations
              • Identify some of the different types of deficiencies in internal control found in a financial statement audit
              • Identify the indicators that may suggest there is a material weakness in internal control
              • Identify the information that should be included in communication of certain deficiencies in internal control
              • Recognize the new audit report title
              • Identify examples of headings that should be in the new auditor report
              • Recall some of the modified opinion headings found in the new audit report
              • Identify the new type of paragraph that is permitted in the audit report
              • Identify some examples where an emphasis-of-matter paragraph is required in the audit report
              • Identify the new group auditor rules including the responsibilities of parties involved, and the procedures to be performed
              • Identify the different types of special-purpose frameworks permitted under auditing standards
              • Identify some of the elements that are required in the different types of special-purpose reports
              • Identify the general types of disclosures required in special purpose framework financial statements
              • Identify how an auditor can evaluate “professional judgment”
              • Recognize some of the elements that must be in an engagement letter
              • Identify the requirements that a successor auditor must satisfy in an initial audit engagement involving opening balances
              • Identify an instance in which it may be necessary for an auditor to obtain a positive confirmation
              • Identify when an auditor may not be required to use external confirmation procedures
              • Identify a procedure an external auditor should perform concerning an internal auditor
              • Define the term “reasonable period of time”
              • Identify an example of a mitigating plan as used in the evaluation for going concerned
              • Recognize how an auditor should report ongoing concern when there is substantial doubt
              • Recall an example of a type of exempt offering covered by SAS No. 133

              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
              NASBA
              $39.00 each Add to cart

              Master Vendor File and other vendor Issues in Accounts Payable

              • Credits: 4
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding Accountancy
              Course ID:MS-109.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              Vendor issues in an effective accounts payable function are often ignored. This is unfortunate because poor controls around the master vendor file, the way data is entered and the lack of rigid internal controls all play a key role
              in preventing fraud and duplicate payments. And, it’s not as easy as you might think. There are numerous details, which if ignored, can cause problems whose impact is felt directly in the bottom line. Industry expert Mary Schaeffer
              delves into this material revealing where the problems are and what every organization should be doing to minimize, if not eliminate, the impact of these issues.

              Topics include:
              • Chapter 1: Background
              • Chapter 2: Current Events Impact
              • Chapter 3: The Master Vendor File
              • Chapter 4: Data in the Master Vendor File
              • Chapter 5: Data Entry in the Master Vendor File
              • Chapter 6: Vendor Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) Issues
              • Chapter 7: Vendor Contact Information
              • Chapter 8: The Vendor Credit Issue
              • Chapter 9: Handling New Vendors
              • Chapter 10: Critical Vendors: Ensuring They’ll Be There When You Need Them
              • Chapter 11: Vendor Relations
              • Chapter 12: Vendor Fraud
              • Chapter 13: Other Vendor Issues

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Understand issues related to vendor activity in accounts payable
              • Pinpoint problems that are likely to occur when vendor issues are not addressed in accounts payable
              • Integrate the impact of current event changes into the ongoing accounts payable practices
              • Identify problems likely to occur if the potential for fraud is ignored in accounts payable
              • Identify issues related to proper and improper segregation of duties as they relate to the master vendor file
              • Integrate the issues of ownership of the master vendor file into the decision on where responsibility for it should lie
              • Delineate controls needed around the master vendor file
              • Recognize the relationship between controls and best practices as they relate to the master vendor file
              • Identify where problems occur when data entry isn’t handled using a rigid coding standard
              • Understand the necessity for regular cleansing of the master vendor file
              • Integrate the use of IRS’ TIN Matching program into the vendor set-up routines
              • Understand the problems that can arise if games are played with TIN Matching and how to avoid them
              • Avoid problems created when vendor contact information is not collected and/or updated
              • Integrate controls into the accounts payable process to prevent phony e-mails from causing payment fraud
              • Identify problems created when vendor credits are not identified and recovered regularly
              • Develop practices to include open credit recovery in the regular accounts payable process
              • Create procedures to collect all information needed to evaluate critical vendors
              • Figure out where responsibility for evaluating critical vendors should lie
              • Identify clues that will help identify potentially fraudulent invoices
              • Implement best practices that will help weed out fraudulent invoices


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $99.00 each Add to cart

              New Audit Reporting Standards SAS Nos. 134-141 2022

              • Credits: 10
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Auditing
              •  
              • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Overview
              Program Prerequisites:General understanding of U.S. auditing standards
              Course ID:SF-320.22 | SS
              Published Date:Feb 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The objective of this course is to address the new auditor reporting standards issued by the Auditing Standards Board as SAS No. 134-141.

              Topics include:
              • Overview of the new auditor’s report found in SAS No. 134’s AU-C 700A, including
                the new report’s format, positioning of sections within the report, title, headings, and expanded
                language
              • Amendments made to various reporting standards by SAS No. 135
              • A review of THE new
                ERISA plan audit standard found in SAS No. 136, AU-C 703, including the format of the new ERISAplan auditor’s report, positioning of sections of that report, the new ERISA Section 103(a)(3)(C) audit
                (formerly a limited-scope audit) and the auditor’s report thereon, expanded audit procedures and
                communications required by auditors of ERISA-plan financial statements
              • Changes made by SAS No.
                137 to the auditor’s procedures and reporting on other information, changes made to the definition of
                materiality by SAS No. 138, changes made to special reports by SAS No, 139, and amendments made
                by SAS No. 140 to supplementary information, required supplementary information, compliance audits,
                interim financial information, and audits of internal control over financial reporting.

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify the types of audit reports that can be issued under the new AU-C 700A
              • Identify the definition of a written report
              • Recognize an acceptable title for an auditor’s report
              • Recognize the order in which certain sections of the new auditor’s report should be presented in
                AU-C 700A
              • Recall how an auditor should report when conducting an audit in accordance with PCAOB
                standards
              • Recognize the requirements and limitations with respect to communicating on key audit matters
                in accordance with the new AU-C 701
              • Identify examples of acceptable and unacceptable headings to use in modified reports under the new
                ASU-C 705A
              • Recognize the order in which certain sections of a modified opinion should be presented in the
                new auditor’s report in AU-C 705A
              • Recognize examples of modified opinions as defined in AU-C 705A
              • Identify examples of situations in which an auditor must or may include an emphasis-of-matter
                or other-matter paragraph as required by new AU-C 706A
              • Recall examples of fraud risk factors expanded by SAS No. 135
              • Identify expanded procedures auditors of ERISA-plan financial statements must perform in
                newly issued SAS No. 136, including a review of the draft Form 5500
              • Identify the new ERISA Section 103(a)(3)(C) audit in SAS No. 136
              • Recognize the scope of the terms “other information” and “annual report” as used in the newly
                issued SAS No. 137 pertaining to auditing and reporting other information
              • Recall how an auditor should label other information in the auditor’s report
              • Recognize the new definition of materiality found in SAS No. 138
              • Identify certain paragraphs in the new auditor’s report on a special purpose framework
              • Recognize how an auditor should present required supplementary information under SAS No. 140’s
                amendment of AU-C 730

              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
              NASBA
              $39.00 each Add to cart

              New Auditing Standards SAS Nos. 142-145 2022 Edition

              • Credits: 4
              •  
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Auditing
              •  
              • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
              Available Formats:  
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:

              General understanding of
              Accounting, Financial Reporting, Auditing and Compilation and Review Standards

              Course ID:SF-326.S-22
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The objective of
              this course is to address the new auditing standards issued by the Auditing
              Standards Board as SAS Nos. 
              142-145. 

              The
              first segment of the course addresses SAS No. 142’s expanded guidance on what
              comprises audit evidence in a financial statement audit. Topics include:
              evaluating audit evidence; testing audit evidence; relevance and reliability of
              audit evidence including its source; susceptibility to management bias;
              corroborative or contradictory information; evaluating whether the information is
              sufficiently precise and detailed for the auditor’s purposes; and use of
              automated tools and techniques. 

              The
              second segment is a review of SAS No. 143’s guidance on accounting estimates including the degree of
              estimation uncertainty; risk assessment procedures related to accounting
              estimates;  identifying and assessing the
              risks of material misstatement including responses to the assessment;
              indicators of possible management bias, and more. 

              The
              third segment consists of a review of SAS No. 144’s changes to auditing
              standards in connection with the use of specialists (management and auditor
              specialists) and the use of price information obtained from external sources. 

              The
              final section addresses significant changes made by SAS No. 145 to the
              auditor’s understanding of an entity and its environment and the assessment
              of risks of material misstatement.

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify an example of an
                attribute of information obtained as audit evidence

              • Recognize actions an auditor
                should perform in evaluating information used as audit evidence

              • Recognize attributes of
                information to be used as audit evidence

              • Identify an attribute that
                affects the reliability of information used as audit evidence

              • Recall functions on which an
                auditor can use automated tools and techniques

              • Identify an example of an
                accounting estimate related to classes of transactions, account balances, and
                disclosures identified in SAS No. 143

              • Recognize how inherent and
                control risks should be assessed in accordance with SAS No. 143

              • Recognize
                an example of an inherent risk factor

              • Identify
                examples of the approaches that can be performed in assessing the risks of material
                misstatement from accounting estimates

              • Recall one of the amendments made to AU-C 501 by
                SAS No. 145  in connection with using the
                work of an external inventory-taking firm

              • Identify some instances in which an auditor may
                conclude that a specialist’s work is not adequate

              • Identify a type of risk assessment procedure
                that an auditor can use in accordance with SAS No. 145

              • Recall examples of risk assessment procedures
                that an auditor may perform in SAS No. 145

              • Recognize how to perform risk assessment
                procedures when relying on information obtained from previous experience with an
                entity

              • Identify examples of risk assessment procedures
                to obtain audit evidence in accordance with SAS No. 145

              • Recognize a new requirement made by SAS No. 145
                in connection with assessing inherent risk and control risk in an audit

              • Identify how an auditor should respond if the
                auditor does not plan to test the operating effectiveness of an entity’s
                controls

              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA
              $19.00 each Add to cart

              New Revenue Recognition Rules ASU 2014-09

              • Credits: 2
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic 
              Program Prerequisites:General understanding of U.S. auditing standards
              Course ID:LP-315.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              On May 28, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) released its widely anticipated revenue standard, Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The issuance of final documents was the
              result of a joint effort by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) to enhance financial reporting with the establishment of common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. GAAP and International Financial
              Reporting Standards (IFRS).

              This course will consider the significance of the guidance issued, review the core principle related to the recognition of revenue, identify the specific steps that should be applied to recognize revenue, and consider the actions needed
              in order to be prepared to implement the revenue guidance by the effective date of the standard.

              Topics include:
              • Overview of SAS No. 134-141
              • SAS No. 134: Auditor Reporting and Amendments, Including Amendments Addressing Disclosures in the Audit of Financial Statements
              • SAS No. 135: Omnibus Statement on Auditing Standards—2019
              • SAS No. 136: Forming an Opinion and Reporting on Financial Statements of Employee Benefit Plans Subject to ERISA
              • SAS No. 137: The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Other Information Included in Annual Reports
              • SAS No. 138: Amendments to the Description of the Concept of Materiality
              • SAS No. 139: Amendments to AU-C Sections 800, 805, and 810 to Incorporate Auditor Reporting Changes from SAS No. 134
              • SAS No. 140: Amendments to AU-C Sections 725, 730, 930, 935, and 940 to Incorporate Auditor Reporting Changes From SAS Nos. 134 and 137
              • SAS No. 141: Amendment to the Effective Dates of SAS Nos. 134–140

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify the types of audit reports that can be issued under the new AU-C 700A
              • Identify the definition of a written report
              • Recognize an acceptable title for an auditor’s report
              • Recognize the order in which certain sections of the new auditor’s report should be presented in AU-C 700A
              • Recall how an auditor should report when conducting an audit in accordance with PCAOB standards
              • Recognize the requirements and limitations with respect to communicating on key audit matters in accordance with the new ASU-C 701
              • Identify examples of acceptable and unacceptable headings to use in modified reports under the new ASU-C 705A
              • Recognize the order in which certain sections of a modified opinion should be presented in the new auditor’s report in AU-C 705A
              • Recognize examples of modified opinions as defined in AU-C 705A
              • Identify examples of situations in which an auditor must or may include an emphasis-of-matter or other-matter paragraph as required by new AU-C 706A
              • Recall examples of fraud risk factors expanded by SAS No. 135
              • Identify expanded procedures auditors of ERISA-plan financial statements must perform in newly issued SAS No. 136, including a review of the draft Form 5500
              • Identify the new ERISA Section 103(a)(3)(C) audit in SAS No. 136
              • Recognize the scope of the terms “other information” and “annual report” as used in the newly issued SAS No. 137 pertaining to auditing and reporting other information, and
              • Recall how an auditor should label other information in the auditor’s report.
              • Recognize the new definition of materiality found in SAS No. 138
              • Identify certain paragraphs in the new auditor’s report on a special purpose framework.
              • Recognize how an auditor should present required supplementary information under SAS No. 140’s amendment of AU-C 730


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $9.00 each Add to cart

              Overview of the 2018 Yellow Book and Significant Changes

              • Credits: 1
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
              Available Formats:
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of the Auditing Process
              Course ID:AC-956.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The Generally Accepted Governmental Auditing Standards, also known as the Yellow Book, provides a comprehensive framework for conducting governmental audits with a focus on high quality, integrity, competence, independence, and objectivity.
              The Yellow Book is used by auditors of government organizations, entities that receive government awards, and any other audit organization performing Yellow Book audits. The Yellow Book outlines all requirements for governmental
              audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control.

              This course will describe when the Yellow Book standards must be applied. This course will identify the new organization and format of the 2018 Yellow Book. Finally, this course will recognize the five areas that changed in the 2018
              Yellow Book from the 2011 Yellow Book.

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Recognize when the Yellow Book standards must be applied.
              • Identify the new organization and format of the 2018 Yellow Book.
              • Recognize the five areas that changed in the 2018 Yellow Book from the 2011 Yellow Book.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $9.00 each Add to cart

              Payroll Laws, Regulations, and Internal Controls

              • Credits: 1
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              • Author/Speaker: Robert Minniti
              Available Formats:
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic 
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
              Course ID:RM-304.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              Every organization that has workers is involved in the payroll process. This course is designed to help participants determine how to properly categorize workers as employees, statutory employees, statutory nonemployees, or independent
              contractors. Participants will also review the minimum wage and overtime requirements for employees, including which employees are exempt from minimum wage and overtime requirements. We will also discuss the Family Medical Leave
              Act and which employers must comply with the Act. Finally, we will review risks in the payroll process and internal controls for the payroll process.

              This course does not cover HR-related topics such as onboarding or terminating employees. Conducting background or drug tests. Completing employee evaluations, and other HR-related activities which are covered in other CPE courses.

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify IRS Regulations for categorizing workers
              • Identify minimum wage and overtime requirements
              • Identify the requirements in the Family Medical Leave Act
              • Design internal controls for the payroll process


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $19.00 each Add to cart

              PPP Loans and Forgiveness Accounting and Financial Reporting Issues

              • Credits: 2
              •  
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              •  
              • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Overview
              Program Prerequisites:General understanding of Accounting, Financial Reporting, Auditing and Compilation and review standards
              Course ID:SF-319.22 | SS
              Published Date:Feb 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The objective of this course is to inform the reader of the accounting and financial reporting issues related to the receipt and forgiveness of loans received under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) Including first- and second-draw loans.

              Topics include:
              • Understanding the basic rules for PPP loans
              • A review of how PPP loans should be accounted for under GAAP
              • Accounting for the treatment of PPP loans as debt
              • How to account for debt issuance costs
              • Accounting for the forgiveness of debt
              • Presentation of eligible expenses
              • Presentation of PPP loan transactions on the statement of cash flows
              • Disclosures required for PPP loans
              • Accounting for advances received under the Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL)
              • Accounting for PPP loans as grants
              • CPA independence issues when there is involvement in PPP loan transactions
              • Accountant and auditor reporting issues and use of an emphasis-of-matter paragraph in reports

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify some of the eligible expenses related to the use of PPP loan proceeds
              • Recognize approaches to account for PPP loans under GAAP
              • Recall how to present debt issuance costs on the financial statements
              • Recognize how to account for PPP loan forgiveness
              • Recognize how to present again on extinguishment on the statement of cash flows
              • Identify how to treat the forgiveness of a PPP loan for tax purposes
              • Recognize how the IAS 20 grant approach is used to account for its PPP loan
              • Recognize actions that impact a CPA’s independence in a PPP loan assistance engagement
              • Recall some of the rules about a CPA receiving an agent fee from a PPP loan lender, and
              • Identify whether an emphasis-of-matter paragraph may be used in an accountant’s report when there is forgiveness of a PPP loan

              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
              NASBA
              $199.00 each Add to cart

              Practice Issues Compilation and Review Update Incl. SSARS No21-25 and Item 31-31-E

              • Credits: 20
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Overview
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Compilation and Review Standards
              Course ID:SF-209.22 | SS
              Published Date:Feb 2022

              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The objective of this course is to inform the reader of the various changes made to the compilation and review standards by the AICPA’s Accounting and Review Services Committee (ARSC) and to address practice issues related to compilation and review engagements.

              The first section of this course consists of an overview of SSARS No. 21, as amended by SSARS Nos. 22 through 25, and addresses the three types of engagements that can be performed under the SSARSs: a preparation of financial statements engagement, a compilation engagement, and a review engagement.

              The remainder of the course consists of practice issues in compilation and review engagements. Topics include a discussion of an accountant’s responsibility for fraud, internal control and going concern, representation letters for review engagements, personal financial statements, tax-basis financial statements, legends on financial statements, accountant’s liability in compilation and review engagements, saving time in engagements, ethics and independence issues, and more. The focus of the course is to identify, recognize and recall the rules about various pronouncements, including those related to recent developments.

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify some of the changes in SSARS No. 21, as amended, that are and are not carried over from auditing standards
              • Identify engagement types that are and are not authorized under SSARS No. 21
              • Recall whether the preparation of financial statements standard is an attest or non attest service
              • Recognize the term that is assigned to engagements performed on the cash, tax, and regulatory bases of accounting
              • Recognize a criterion for an accountant to perform a preparation engagement
              • Recall whether a preparation engagement under AR-C 70 is subject to peer review
              • Identify whether a report is required in a preparation of financial statements engagement under AR-C 70
              • Recognize what the reporting requirements are, if any when a "no assurance" legend is omitted from prepared financial statements under the AR-C 70 standards
              • Recognize an acceptable location in which to place the description of a special purpose framework in the preparation of financial statements engagement
              • Identify where to disclose GAAP departures in a preparation of financial statements engagement
              • Recognize whether an accountant and a client must sign an engagement letter for preparation of financial statements engagement under AR-C 70
              • Recall the objective of a compilation engagement under AR-C 80 of SSARS No. 21
              • Identify some procedures that must be performed in a compilation engagement under AR-C 80 of SSARS No. 21
              • Recognize some of the changes made to the compilation report under SSARS No. 21 including those related to special purpose frameworks and GAAP departures, among others
              • Recall how an accountant should report when there is a lack of independence in a compilation engagement
              • Identify who should sign a representation letter in a review engagement
              • Recognize procedures that should be done when performing analytical procedures in a review engagement 5 Practice Issues- Compilation and Review Update- 2022
              • Identify one of the requirements in SSARS No. 24 when reporting on an international financial reporting framework
              • Identify the reporting options for controllers who seek to issue financial statements
              • Recognize the accountant’s responsibility for reporting fraud in compilation and review engagements
              • Identify the types of analytical procedures that can and cannot be used in a review engagement
              • Recognize certain terms used as the basis for evaluating going concern in a review engagement
              • Identify factors that may or may not suggest there is a potential going-concern problem in a compilation or review engagement
              • Identify the period that defines “reasonable period” is going concerned
              • Recognize the threshold to evaluate an Altman Z Score
              • Identify an example of a deferred M-1 that is eliminated by tax-basis financial statements
              • Recognize some of the general rules for tax-basis financial statements
              • Identify the options available to report on supplementary information in a compilation or review engagement
              • Recognize the general disclosure rules when issuing a compilation report on a specified element
              • Identify when a management representation letter is required and some general rules about such letters
              • Identify a prescribed form and the options for reporting on personal financial statements
              • Identify examples of simpler reporting options to issuing GAAP financial statements
              • Identify provisions to incorporate into engagement letters to protect the accountant against liability claims
              • Recognize the privity standard as it relates to the accountant’s liability to third parties
              • Recognize the general rules to maintain independence when an accountant performs non-attest services for an attested client
              • Identify when independence is impaired in certain situations in which an accountant performs non attest services for an attest client

              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
              NASBA
              $19.00 each Add to cart

              Preparing for Year End In Accounts Payable

              • Credits: 2
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
              • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
              Course ID:MS-110.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The year-end tasks in accounts payable are critical to accurate financial statements for any organization. Yet, often, they are a last-minute affair, and proper attention is not accorded to the tasks. This course is designed to highlight
              the issues both directly related to the year-end close and present information the professional can use to implement a smoother close in accounts payable. Industry expert Mary Schaeffer shows auditors, controllers, and managers
              where year-end problems are likely to occur, how to prevent those problems moving forward. She also offers some straightforward best-practice advice on how to run the close in accounts payable as smoothly as possible.

              Topics include:
              • Chapter 1: The Start of the Year-End Close Process
              • Chapter 2: Operational Issues: Department Operations
              • Chapter 3: Operational Issues: Expense Reimbursements
              • Chapter 4: Operational Issues: Year-End Specific
              • Chapter 5: Form 1099 Reporting Issues
              • Chapter 6: The Finishing Touches

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify the tasks accounts payable need to do to help the organization have an effective close
              • Pinpoint problem areas before they occur so the problematic issues can be addressed before difficulties occur
              • Resolve problems caused by discrepant invoices in a timely manner
              • Address the open vendor credit issue in a way that improves the organization’s bottom line
              • Create effective solutions to handle employees who submit expense reports long after their due date
              • Provide a workable approach to dealing with managers who don’t approve subordinates’ expense reports in a timely manner
              • Create a document that will guide and track the accounts payable team through all its year-end tasks
              • Identify which items must be included in year-end accruals completed in accounts payable
              • Develop a best-practice approach to collecting all vendor tax information needed to issue Form 1099s in January
              • Build workable solutions to address common Form 1099 problems
              • Pinpoint steps any organization can take to ensure a smoother close in accounts payable
              • Build a process that will help make next year’s close-run better


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $19.00 each Add to cart

              Private Company Financial Reporting Update

              • Credits: 2
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic 
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
              Course ID:LP-317.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The difference in the financial reporting needs of private and public companies is a topic that has been studied at various times over the years. This course will provide an update on recent projects and activities focusing on private
              company financial reporting. As background for the update, the standard-setting process will be reviewed.

              The recent committees and panels that have studied private company financial reporting issues will be outlined along with the considerations and actions leading up to the Financial Accounting Foundation’s creation of the Private Company
              Council. The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ plan for a new Financial Reporting Framework for Small – and Medium-sized Entities will also be reviewed.

              The International community experienced similar private company reporting issues as those raised in the U.S. This course will review how the International Accounting Standards Board addressed the issue with a discussion of IFRS for
              SMEs. The differences between IFRS for SMEs and U.S. GAAP along with the considerations regarding a U.S. private company’s use of IFRS for SMEs will also be reviewed.

              Topics include:
              • Private Company Financial Reporting Considerations
              • Accounting Standard Setting
              • Private Company Initiatives
              • Financial Reporting Framework for Small and Medium-sized Entities
              • U.S. Companies Use of IFRS for SMEs

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Identify the concerns and issues regarding private company financial reporting.
              • Recognize the accounting standard-setting process.
              • Recognize the various private company financial reporting initiatives that have occurred.
              • Identify the role of the Private Company Council and the FASB regarding private company standard-setting.
              • Recognize IFRS, IFRS for SMEs, and the considerations regarding U.S. companies' use of IFRS for SMEs.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $29.00 each Add to cart

              Retirement Planning for Expatriates

              • Credits: 3
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic 
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
              Course ID:LP-319.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              This course helps CPAs advise clients who are potential expatriate retirees to prioritize their choices for their lifestyle in an adopted country—what’s vital to have in a home abroad, how to maximize income and minimize taxes, what
              possessions to take, and how to get them there, activities that help overcome culture shock, and even how to repatriate to the United States. This timely course assists retirees who plan to join the millions of Americans who live
              a great life abroad.

              Topics include:
              • Who becomes an Expatriate, and Why
              • Differences between temporary Job Transfers and Self-Initiated Expatriation
              • Research and Planning
              • Cost of living
              • Healthcare

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Describe how an expat’s experiences of a locale differ from those of tourists.
              • Begin to prioritize what features drive the choice of an adopted country.
              • Note the types of tax planning involved in expatriating and subsequent tax reporting.
              • Compare financial expenses and resources available in the adopted country versus the United States.
              • Determine which types of property are preferable to bring to the adopted country or obtain after the move.
              • Be aware that success in repatriating requires financial and emotional preparation.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $29.00 each Add to cart

              Retirement Planning for Expatriates of Belize

              • Credits: 3
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              • Author/Speaker:  Lanford Publishing
              Available Formats:
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
              Course ID:LP-320.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              This course helps CPAs advise their clients who are potential expatriate retirees to prioritize their choices for their lifestyle in an adopted country—what’s vital to have to enjoy life in Belize, how to maximize income and minimize
              taxes, what possessions to take, and how to get them there, activities that help overcome culture shock, and even how to repatriate to the United States.

              This timely course assists retirees who plan to join the millions of Americans who live great life abroad.

              Topics include:
              • Who Becomes an Expatriate, and Why?
              • Doing the Research and Planning
              • Top Factors in Choosing the Best New Home
              • Finances, Benefits, and Taxation
              • Tradeoffs of U.S. and Foreign Tax Systems

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Describe how an expat’s experiences of a local differ from those of tourists;
              • Compare environmental and cultural features of the districts of Belize;
              • Begin to prioritize what features drive the choice of an adopted country;
              • Note the types of tax planning involved in expatriating and subsequent tax reporting;
              • Compare financial expenses and resources available in Belize versus the United States;
              • Determine which types of property are preferable to bring to the adopted country or obtain after the move; and
              • Be aware that success in repatriating requires financial and emotional preparation.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $29.00 each Add to cart

              Retirement Planning for Expatriates of Costa Rica

              • Credits: 3
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              • Author/Speaker: Landford Publishing
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
              Course ID:LP-321.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              This course helps CPAs advise clients who are potential expatriate retirees to prioritize their choices for their lifestyle in Costa Rica—what’s vital to have in a home abroad, how to maximize income and minimize taxes, what possessions
              to take, and how to get them there, activities that help overcome culture shock, and even how to repatriate to the United States. This timely course assists retirees who plan to join the millions of Americans who live a great life
              abroad.

              Topics include:
              • Who Becomes an Expatriate, and Why?
              • Doing the Research and Planning
              • Top Factors in Choosing the Best New Home
              • Finances, Benefits, and Taxation
              • Tradeoffs of U.S. and Foreign Tax Systems

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Recognize how an expat’s experiences of a locale differ from those of tourists;
              • Recognize the unique environmental and cultural features of Costa Rica;
              • Identify types of priorities that drive the choice of an adopted country;
              • Identify the types of tax planning involved in expatriating and subsequent tax reporting;
              • Recognize financial expenses and resources available in Costa Rica versus the United States;
              • Identify which types of property are preferable to bring to the adopted country or obtain after the move; and
              • Recognize that success in repatriating requires financial and emotional preparation.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $29.00 each Add to cart

              Retirement Planning for Expatriates of Panama

              • Credits: 3
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Accounting
              • Author/Speaker: Landford Publishing
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Basic
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting
              Course ID:LP-322.22-S
              Published Date:Mar 2022
              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              This course helps CPAs advise their clients who are potential expatriate retirees to prioritize their choices for their lifestyle in an adopted country—what’s vital to have to enjoy life in Panama, how to maximize income and minimize
              taxes, what possessions to take, and how to get them there, activities that help overcome culture shock, and even how to repatriate to the United States. This timely course assists retirees who plan to join the millions of Americans
              who live a great life abroad.

              Topics include:
              • Who Becomes an Expatriate, and Why?
              • Doing the Research and Planning
              • Top Factors in Choosing the Best New Home
              • Finances, Benefits, and Taxation
              • Tradeoffs of U.S. and Foreign Tax Systems

              Learning Objectives:

              After reading the course material, you will be able to:

              • Describe how an expat’s experiences of a locale differ from those of tourists.
              • Compare the environment and cultural features of Panamanian provinces.
              • Begin to prioritize what features drive the choice of an adopted country.
              • Note the types of tax planning involved in expatriating the subsequent tax reporting.
              • Compare financial expenses and resources available in Panama versus the United States.
              • Determine which types of property and preferable to bring to the adopted country or obtain after the move.
              • Be aware that success in repatriating requires financial and emotional preparation.


              Who Should Attend:
              • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
              Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
              NASBA


              $239.00 each Add to cart

              Single Audit: The Yellow Book Standard

              • Credits: 24
              • Format: Self-Study eBook
              • Field of Study: Auditing
              •  
              • Author/Speaker: Landford Publishing
              Available Formats: 
              Advanced Preparation:None
              Experience Level:Overview
              Program Prerequisites:General Understanding Auditing
              Course ID:LP-129.22 | SS
              Published Date:Feb 2022

              COURSE DESCRIPTION

              The Yellow Book provides standards and guidance for auditors and audit organizations, outlining the requirements for audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control. Auditors of federal, state, and local government programs use these standards to perform their audits and produce their reports.

              The 2018 revision of Government Auditing Standards is effective for financial audits, attestation engagements, and reviews of financial statements for periods ending on or after June 30, 2020, and for performance audits beginning on or after July 1, 2019. Early implementation is not permitted.

              The 2018 revision of Government Auditing Standards supersede the 2011 revision (GAO-12-331G, December 2011), the 2005 Government Auditing Standards: Guidance on GAGAS Requirements for Continuing Professional Education (GAO-05-568G, April 2005), and the 2014 Government Auditing Standards: Guidance for Understanding the New Peer Review Ratings (D06602, January 2014).

              The 2018 revision should be used until further updates and revisions are made. An electronic version of this document can be accessed on GAO’s Yellow Book web page at http://www.gao.gov/yellowbook.

              Topics include:
              • Chapter 1: Foundation and Principles for the Use and Application of Government Auditing Standards
              • Chapter 2: General Requirements for Complying with Government Auditing Standards
              • Chapter 3: Ethics, Independence, and Professional Judgment
              • Chapter 4: Competence and Continuing Professional Education
              • Chapter 5: Quality Control and Peer Review
              • Chapter 6: Standards for Financial Audits
              • Chapter 7: Standards for Attestation Engagements and Reviews of Financial Statements
              • Chapter 8: Fieldwork Standards for Performance Audits
              • Chapter 9: Reporting Standards for Performance Audits

                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                NASBA
                $19.00 each Add to cart

                Skills and Attributes of Successful CFOs

                • Credits: 2
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Accounting
                • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic 
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
                Course ID:LP-232.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The complexities of financial regulations and accounting pronouncements and the impact of global competition present businesses and executives with a demanding environment. Along with the necessary technical financial experience that
                a Chief Financial Officer (CFO) must possess, many other skills and attributes are required to address the challenges of the role. This course will discuss many key skills and attributes that contribute to the success of CFOs.

                Topics include:
                • Leadership
                • Integrity
                • Assessing your Integrity
                • Additional Skills of Successful CFOs
                • Self Confidence
                • Emotional Intelligence

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Recognize the importance of leadership and the positive actions that exhibit leadership.
                • Recognize your personal and organizational integrity.
                • Recognize other skills in addition to financial reporting expertise that contributes to success.
                • Identify and take steps to improve self-confidence.
                • Recognize the significance of emotional intelligence and its impact on business success.


                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                NASBA


                $39.00 each Add to cart

                SSARS No. 25 Materiality in a Review of Financial Statements and Adverse Conclusions

                • Credits: 4
                •  
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Auditing
                •  
                • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Overview
                Program Prerequisites:General understanding of compilation and review and auditing standards
                Course ID:SF-324.22 | SS
                Published Date:Feb 2022

                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The purpose of this course is to inform the reader of the various changes made to the compilation and review codification by the issuance of SSARS No. 25, Materiality in a Review of Financial Statements and Adverse Conclusions, including
                changes made to AR-C 60- General Principles, AR-C 70- Preparation of Financial Statements, AR-C 80- Compilation Engagements, and AR-C 90- Review of Financial Statements. Topics include expanding use of the disclaimer report in
                a preparation engagement, changes involving the reporting on the contractual basis of accounting, new requirements to define materiality in a review engagement, expanded inquiries and management representations in a review engagement,
                the new modified conclusion (qualified and adverse conclusion) reporting changes, guidance ongoing concern in a review engagement, and more.

                The course addresses the three types of engagements that can be performed under the SSARSs: a preparation of financial statements engagement, a compilation engagement, and a review engagement.

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Identify engagement types that are (and are not) authorized under the SSARSs
                • Recognize a precondition for an accountant to accept an SSARS engagement
                • Identify what is required for an accountant to perform a preparation engagement
                • Recall whether the preparation of financial statements standard is an attest or non attest service
                • Recognize whether an accountant and a client must sign an engagement letter for preparation of financial statements engagement under AR-C 70
                • Identify whether a report is required in a preparation of financial statements engagement
                • Recognize what the reporting requirements are, if any when a "no assurance" legend is omitted from prepared financial statements under the AR-C 70 standards
                • Identify where to disclose GAAP departures in a preparation of financial statements engagement
                •  Recognize actions an accountant should take under SSARS No. 25 when a compilation is performed on the contractual basis of accounting
                • Identify factors that should consider in determining materiality in a review engagement
                • Identify the date as to which management representations should be made in a management representation letter for a review engagement
                • Recognize a change that SSARS No. 25 makes to the accountant’s review report
                • Recall language that SSARS No. 25 requires to be included in a review report on the contractual basis of accounting
                • Identify the term that GAAP uses for management’s assessment of an entity’s going concerned
                • Recognize the reporting requirements for going concerned in a review engagement
                • Recall some of the items that should be documented in a review engagement

                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                NASBA
                $29.00 each Add to cart

                Standards for Financial Audits Attestation Engagements and Review

                • Credits: 3
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
                • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic 
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of the Auditing Process
                Course ID:AC-958.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The Generally Accepted Governmental Auditing Standards, also known as the Yellow Book, provides a comprehensive framework for conducting governmental audits with a focus on high quality, integrity, competence, independence, and objectivity.
                The Yellow Book is used by auditors of government organizations, entities that receive government awards, and any other audit organization performing Yellow Book audits. The Yellow Book outlines all requirements for governmental
                audit reports, professional qualifications for auditors, and audit organization quality control.

                This course will describe when the Yellow Book standards must be applied. This course will identify the requirements for auditor communication. Finally, this course will identify the three levels of service as identified by the AICPA.

                Topics include:
                • Chapter 1: Standards for Financial Audits
                • Chapter 2: Standards for Attestation Engagements and Reviews of Financial Statements

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Recognize when the Yellow Book standards must be applied.
                • Identify the new organization and format of the 2018 Yellow Book.
                • Recognize the five areas that changed in the 2018 Yellow Book from the 2011 Yellow Book.


                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                NASBA


                $19.00 each Add to cart

                Tax Reform TCJA Impacts on GAAP and Financial Reporting

                • Credits: 2
                •  
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Accounting
                •  
                • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
                Available Formats:
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Overview
                Program Prerequisites:Basic understanding of U.S. GAAP
                Course ID:SF-302.22 | SS
                Published Date:Feb 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The objective of this course is to inform the reader of the impacts the changes made by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act have on GAAP and financial reporting.

                Topics include:
                • An analysis of adjustments required to be made to deferred income tax assets and liabilities
                • Newly issued ASU 2018-02 related to the tax effect of accumulated other comprehensive income
                • Accounting for the change from an S to a C corporation
                • Impact of the elimination of like-kind exchanges
                • GAAP accounting for bonus and Section 179 depreciation
                • New limitations on interest deduction
                • SEC SAB 118 transition rules
                • Presenting the tax benefit of an NOL carryover, and more. 

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Recognize how an entity should account for deferred tax accounts under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
                • Identify how the ASU 2018-02 election is made to reclassify the tax effect on accumulated other comprehensive income
                • Recall the adjustment that is made when an entity converts from S to C corporation status
                • Recognize the type of like-kind exchange that qualifies for nonrecognition of gain or loss under GAAP
                • Identify a way in which an entity can account for bonus depreciation under GAAP.
                • Recall the overall impact that the reduction in the corporate tax rate is having on SEC companies
                • Recognize whether SEC companies are permitted to discount tax liabilities pertaining to repatriated income.
                • Recall when an entity is required to disclose the tax years open for examination

                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                NASBA
                $99.00 each Add to cart

                Tax-Basis Financial Statements and Other Special Purpose Frameworks

                • Credits: 10
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Accounting (5) | Auditing (5)
                • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Overview
                Program Prerequisites:General understanding of U.S. GAAP, compilation and review and auditing standards, and federal income taxation  
                Course ID:SF-316.22
                Published Date:April 2022 (updated)
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The objective of this course is to discuss the general rules and applications used in the preparation of and reporting on tax-basis financial statements and other bases of accounting found within the special purpose frameworks (also
                referred to as other comprehensive bases of accounting).

                Updated for changes made by the Tax
                Cuts and Jobs Act
                , the CARES Act, and the Consolidated
                Appropriations Act
                , topics include an overview of the types of special-purpose frameworks,  advantages and
                disadvantages of using tax-basis financial statements,  tax-basis accrual versus cash basis,  reviewing the key differences between GAAP
                and tax-basis revenue and expenses and other differences, tax-basis
                disclosures,  reporting options for
                tax-basis financial statements, unusual reporting and presentation issues
                related to tax-basis financial statements, an overview of other types of
                special-purpose frameworks including pure cash basis,  modified cash basis, regulatory basis,
                contractual basis, and the other basis of accounting,  and more.

                Updated for the CARES Act, ERC, PTE Tax,  and PPP Loans

                The course also addresses the
                presentation and disclosures for PPP loans, Employee Retention Credit (ERC), and
                the Pass-Through Entity (PTE) tax.

                Topics include:
                • CHAPTER 1 - OVERVIEW
                • CHAPTER 2 - SCOPE OF TAX-BASIS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                • CHAPTER 3 - ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF TAX-BASIS
                • CHAPTER 4 - KEY DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TAX BASIS AND GAAP
                • CHAPTER 5 - FINANCIAL STATEMENT FORMATS
                • CHAPTER 6 - TAX-BASIS DISCLOSURES
                • CHAPTER 7 - TAX-BASIS REPORTS
                • CHAPTER 8 - CONVERTING TO TAX-BASIS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                • CHAPTER 9 - UNUSUAL PRACTICE ISSUES— TAX-BASIS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                • CHAPTER 10 - OTHER SPECIAL PURPOSE FRAMEWORKS

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Identify an accounting standard that exempts non-public entities from their application
                • Recall a disadvantage of the AICPA’s Financial Reporting Framework for SMEs
                • Recognize the type of criteria on which the other basis of accounting is based
                • Recall whether a one-member LLC is permitted to issue tax-basis financial statements
                • Identify the best use for tax-basis accrual financial statements
                • Recognize an example of a permanent difference
                • Recall an example of a GAAP disclosure that can be eliminated by using tax-basis financial statements
                • Identify a situation in which tax-basis financial statements might be misleading
                • Recall ways in which nontaxable revenues and nondeductible expenses can be presented in tax-basis financial statements
                • Recognize which type of exchange of assets no longer qualifies for like-kind treatment in tax-basis financial statements
                • Recognize how an entity accounts for a change in accounting method on the tax basis of accounting
                • Identify how to account for certain transactions on tax-basis financial statements
                • Recognize whether supplementary information is part of the financial statements
                • Identify titles that are appropriate and not appropriate for tax-basis financial statements
                • Recall types of legends that might be included on pages of tax-basis financial statements
                • Recall how a statement of cash flows should be accounted for and presented in tax-basis financial statements
                • Identify categories of disclosures that should be included in tax-basis financial statements
                • Recognize elements that are and are not relevant to tax-basis financial statements in preparing a summary of significant accounting policies
                • Recall how certain GAAP disclosures should be handled in tax-basis financial statements
                • Recognize the reporting requirement for preparation and compilation of tax-basis financial statement engagements under SSARS Nos. 21-25
                • Recall the appropriate title for a review report on tax-basis financial statements
                • Identify certain language that should be included in an audit report on tax-basis financial statements
                • Identify the reporting option when an entity changes from GAAP to tax-basis financial statements
                • Recognize how an accountant should report on a grantor trust or one-member LLC
                • Identify the disclosures that are required if an accountant issues a report on a tax return
                • Identify disclosures that are and are not relevant to cash-basis financial statements
                • Recognize an element that would be made in a summary of significant accounting policies for the modified cash basis
                • Identify other types of special-purpose frameworks other than tax basis

                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                NASBA
                $119.00 each Add to cart

                The Compilation and Review Standards- SSARS Nos. 21-25

                • Credits: 12
                •  
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Auditing
                •  
                • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Overview
                Program Prerequisites:General understanding of compilation and review and auditing standards  
                Course ID:SF-322.22 | SS
                Published Date:Jan 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The purpose of this course is to inform the reader of the various changes made to the compilation and review codification by SSARS No. 21 as amended by SSARS No. 22, Compilation of Pro Forma Financial Information, SSARS No. 23, Omnibus
                Statement on Standards for Accounting and Review Services- 2016, and SSARS No. 24, Omnibus Statement on Standards for Accounting and Review Services- 2018, and SSARS No. 25, Materiality in a Review of Financial Statements and Adverse
                Conclusions.

                The course addresses the three types of engagements that can be performed under the SSARSs: a preparation of financial statements engagement, a compilation engagement, and a review engagement.  

                After reading the Sections I and II course material, you will be able to:

                • Identify some of the changes in SSARS No. 21, as amended, that are and are not carried over from auditing standards 
                • Identify engagement types that are and are not authorized under SSARS No. 21

                After reading the Section III course material, you will be able to:

                • Recall whether the preparation of financial statements standard is an attest or nonattest service
                • Recognize the term that is assigned to engagements performed on the cash, tax and regulatory bases of accounting
                • Recall whether a preparation engagement under AR-C 70 is subject to peer review
                • Identify whether a report is required in a preparation of financial statements engagement under AR-C 70
                • Recognize what the reporting requirements are, if any, when a "no assurance" legend is omitted from prepared financial statements under the AR-C 70 standards
                • Recognize an acceptable location in which to place the description of a special purpose framework in a preparation of financial statements engagement
                • Identify where to disclose GAAP departures in a preparation of financial statements engagement
                • Recognize whether an accountant and a client must sign an engagement letter for a preparation of financial statements engagement under AR-C 70

                After reading the Section IV course material, you will be able to:

                • Recall the objective of a compilation engagement under AR-C 80 of SSARS No. 21
                • Identify some of the safeguards that must be in place in order for an accountant to perform a nonattest service for an attest client
                • Identify some procedures that must be performed in a compilation engagement under AR-C 80 of SSARS No. 21
                • Recognize some of the changes made to the compilation report under SSARS No. 21 including those related to special purpose frameworks and GAAP departures, among others
                • Identify how an accountant should report on a disclaimer of supplementary information in a compilation engagement

                After reading the Section V course material, you will be able to:

                • Recognize the type of information on which an accountant may or may not perform a review engagement under AR-C 90
                • Identify requirements to be satisfied to perform a review engagement under AR-C 90
                • Identify the date as of which management representations should be made in a management representation letter for a review engagement
                • Recognize an appropriate title that can be used for a review report under SSARS No. 21
                • Identify the order in which certain report paragraphs should be placed in the review report
                • Recognize the definition of a reasonable period of time in evaluating going concern
                • Recognize how to report in a review engagement per SSARS No. 25, when there is or is not substantial doubt of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern
                • Recall some of the items that should be documented in a review engagement

                After reading the Section VI course material, you will be able to:

                • Identify one of the requirements in SSARS No. 24 when reporting on an international financial reporting framework

                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                NASBA


                $79.00 each Add to cart

                The Detection and Prevention of Fraud in Financial Statements

                • Credits: 8
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Auditing | Fraud
                • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Auditing
                Course ID:LP-308.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                As the primary agency investigating corporate fraud, the FBI has focused its efforts on cases that involve accounting schemes, self-dealing by corporate employees, and obstruction of justice to conceal fraudulent activities from criminal
                and regulatory authorities. According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) “white collar” crime, which this course will refer to as corporate fraud is: “Those illegal acts which are characterized by deceit, concealment,
                or violation of trust and which are not dependent upon the application or threat of physical force or violence. These acts are committed by individuals and organizations to obtain money or services, or to secure personal or business
                advantage".

                This course will begin by reviewing the efforts made by several federal corporate crime-busting governmental bodies within the United States to prevent fraud. In addition, you will be provided with some statistics regarding corporate
                fraud. Next, you will be introduced to some of the common characteristics of individuals who are most likely to commit fraud and some steps that you can take to identify them.

                Subsequently, this course will identify the most frequently occurring types of corporate fraud and point out some processes and procedures which can be put into place to prevent these types of fraud from taking place.

                Finally, you will be provided with several case studies which will include the type of fraud that was committed and the punishment for the act.

                Topics include:
                • Chapter 1: Corporate Fraud Investigators
                • Chapter 2: Corporate Fraud Statistics
                • Chapter 3: Who Commits Fraud and their Statistics
                • Chapter 4: Corporate Fraud Case Studies

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Recognize some of the major organizations that have been working diligently to eliminate corporate fraud in the U.S.
                • Recognize the national statistics regarding corporate fraud in the United States.
                • Identify the general characteristics of the people who are most likely to commit fraud and how to better identify them as well as the most common types of fraudulent activities that are occurring in corporations today.
                • Identify the various types of schemes used to perpetrate misstatements on the financial statements and misappropriation of assets.
                • Recognize the financial cost of fraud.
                • Recognize the most common method in which fraud is reported according to ACFE statistical studies.
                • Recognize why fraud is not always reported by executives and the chief reasons why even CPAs do not always want to participate with law enforcement officers while investigating a fraud incident.
                • Recognize a condition (risk factor) that is typically present when fraud occurs.
                • Identify the most common schemes which those who commit corporate fraud usually utilize.
                • Recognize warning signals of potential embezzlers.
                • Recognize the Fraud Deterrence Initiative and the story behind how it got started.
                • Identify the various corporate fraud cases which the FBI and DOJ have prosecuted.


                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                NASBA


                $9.00 each Add to cart

                The Developing Expense Receipt Issues and How to Deal with Them

                • Credits: 1
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Accounting | Auditing
                • Author/Speaker: Mary Schaeffer
                Available Formats:  
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
                Course ID:MS-105.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                Technology is making a huge impact on every facet of the business world. The expense reporting function is no exception. It is making it easier for employees to play games but at the same time, it provides companies the tools they
                need to identify that game playing without spending a fortune. 

                This course takes a deep dive into the developing expense reporting issues and reveals the way savvy companies can effectively deal with them. The issues evaluated in this course are critical to those who want to run a cost-effective,
                efficient, fraud-resistant expense reimbursement function.

                Topics include:
                • The Changing Face of the Expense Reimbursement Process
                • How Companies Just Like Yours Now Handle the Expense Reimbursement Process
                • Changes in Receipt Requirements when Asking for Expense Reimbursement
                • Why Some Companies Are Starting to Get Meal Receipts
                • The Detailed Meal Receipt: How They Help Run a Tighter Reimbursement Function
                • Scanning Receipts: Dealing with the Two Main Problems


                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                NASBA


                $49.00 each Add to cart

                The Green Book Standards for Internal Control in Federal Government

                • Credits: 5
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Gov't Auditing
                • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic 
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Auditing
                Course ID:LP-101.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The Green Book: Standards for Internal Control in the Federal Government, during this course we will discuss the purpose of internal controls, entity oversight, the five components of internal controls, and the 17 principles that guide
                an effective control to prevent theft. We will discuss the development, implementation, maintenance, oversight, and reporting of internal controls to help you build and manage them. These controls can be implemented into any business
                to assist in identifying theft and preventing it in the future.

                Topics include:
                • Section 1: Fundamental Concepts of Internal Control
                • Section 2: Establishing an Effective Internal Control System
                • Section 3: Evaluation of an Effective Internal Control System


                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                NASBA


                $79.00 each Add to cart

                The New Revenue Standard ASC 606 Implementation and Post-Implementation Issues

                • Credits: 8
                •  
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Accounting
                • Author/Speaker: Steven Fustolo
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Overview
                Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of U.S. GAAP
                Course ID:SF-321.22 | SS
                Published Date:Feb 2022

                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                The objective of this course is to address the new revenue standard in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and its related updates, and provide guidance to nonpublic (private) entities who implemented the standard in 2019 or 2020 and are addressing post-implementation issues in 2021 and 2022.

                Topics include:
                • Overview of the new standard and its core principle
                • An analysis of each of the five steps required in the revenue model
                • Selected issues encompassing principal versus agent considerations
                • Dealing with warranties
                • Bill-and-hold arrangements
                • Consignment transaction
                • How to account for contract costs
                • Financial statement presentation of revenue-related accounts
                • Disclosures, transition methods, and guidance

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Identify an example of recognition of revenue prematurely
                • Identify one of the five steps to apply the new revenue standard
                • Recall a condition that must be met to identify a separate performance obligation
                • Identify methods authorized to estimate variable consideration in a contract
                • Recognize information that can be used to allocate the transaction price to performance obligations
                • Identify two methods that are used to record revenue in Step 5 of the revenue standard
                • Recognize how to account for the transfer of a product with a right to return
                • Recognize the requirement that must be met for a company to be considered a principal in a revenue transaction
                • Recall the general rule that determines whether an entity should record revenue gross or net
                • Identify several types of warranties accounted for under the revenue standard
                • Identify different types of intellectual property subject to the licensing rules in the revenue standard
                • Recognize an example of a prepaid stored-value product
                • Recall how an entity should account for breakage related to prepaid stored-value products
                • Recall how certain contract costs are accounted for under the revenue standard
                • Recognize certain disclosures required by the revenue standard for nonpublic entities, and
                • Recall an applicable financial statement (AFS).

                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                NASBA
                $29.00 each Add to cart

                Understanding the Statement of Cash Flows

                • Credits: 3
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Accounting
                • Author/Speaker: Andrew Clark
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic 
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accounting Concepts
                Course ID:AC-960.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                Cash flow is one of the most important long-term indicators for the overall financial health of a business. For a business to enjoy long-term success, sufficient cash must always be on-hand to accomplish various things including paying
                worker salaries, resolving immediate debts, and paying the company’s normal operating costs. Businesses also need cash-on-hand to pay for expenses, repay bank loans, pay taxes, and purchase new assets to fuel the company’s future
                growth. A company’s cash flow is documented in its cash flow statement. The cash flow statement, which is also known as a statement of cash flows, is a financial document that summarizes the amount of both cash and cash equivalents
                entering and exiting a company during a given time period. The cash flow statement provides useful context for both a company’s balance sheet and income statement and has been a mandatory part of all corporate financial reports
                since 1987. The cash flow report is important because it informs investors, creditors, company owners, and other interested parties of the business cash position of the company and can act as a strong indicator of a company’s overall
                financial health.

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Identify the purpose of the statement of cash flows.
                • Identify the major classifications of cash flows.
                • Recognize the difference between net income and net cash flow from operating activities.
                • Calculate net cash flows from operating activities using the indirect method and using the direct method.
                • Recognize net cash flows from a company’s investing and financing activities.
                • Identify sources of information for a company’s statement of cash flows.
                • Recognize special problems that can surface when preparing a statement of cash flows.


                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                NASBA


                $19.00 each Add to cart

                Who Commits Fraud and their Methods

                • Credits: 2
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Auditing | Fraud
                • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic 
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Accountancy
                Course ID:LP-325.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                Many people consider accounting a tedious job, but not John Lewis. Throughout his three-year tenure with Unified Trucking he had ostensibly been a model employee, missing only a few days of work and conquering the Herculean task of
                bookkeeping single-handedly. The company’s continued growth and profitability were the only indications management had ever needed to determine that John performed his job well. His professionalism and dedication made supervision
                unnecessary. John insisted on handling any problems or discrepancies personally and made it clear that the buck stopped with him.

                In fact, many bucks did stop with him, followed him home, and neatly deposited themselves into his bank account. In three short years, John managed to use his authority and exclusive bookkeeping access to bilk the company of nearly
                $100,000. As often happens, John’s illicit activities were only revealed by accident. If janitorial workers had not discovered a suspicious amount of discarded receipts, the theft would have continued undetected.

                Topics include:
                • This eBook will discuss the typical profile of an employee who is liable to commit corporate fraud as revealed by numerous studies.
                • In addition, you will be provided with several types of common schemes which these criminals utilize to embezzle funds from their organizations.
                • Finally, this eBook will provide you with various tips and techniques which may be utilized to prevent fraud from occurring in your workplace or those of your clients.

                Learning Objectives:

                After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                • Recognize a condition (risk factor) that is typically present when fraud occurs.
                • Identify the most common schemes which those who commit corporate fraud usually utilize.
                • Recognize warning signals of potential embezzlers.


                Who Should Attend:
                • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                NASBA



                Business | Industry

                Click the icon for detailed course description and information.

                Courses are listed in Alphabetical order


                $29.00 each Add to cart

                Accountants Wanted

                • Credits: 3
                • Format: Self-Study eBook
                • Field of Study: Business Management
                • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
                Available Formats: 
                Advanced Preparation:None
                Experience Level:Basic
                Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                Course ID:LP-302.22-S
                Published Date:Mar 2022
                COURSE DESCRIPTION

                An increase in the number of businesses, changing financial laws and regulations, and greater scrutiny of company finances will drive faster-than-average growth of accountants and auditors, reports the Department of Labor (DOL).

                In addition, in response to recent accounting scandals, new Federal legislation restricts the non-auditing services that public accountants can provide to clients. If an accounting firm audits a client’s financial statements, that
                same firm cannot provide advice on human resources, technology, investment banking, or legal matters, although accountants may still advise on tax issues, such as establishing a tax shelter. This requires the client in most cases
                to hire two separate firms to handle their annual accounting and financial service needs.

                This course will review some of the causes and effects of the increasing demand for accountants. We will then review some of the steps that you and your firm can take to retain quality accountants and avoid the risk of accountant turnover
                within your organization.

                  Learning Objectives:

                  After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                  • Recognize the causes of the increased demand for accounting and financial personnel
                  • Identify the effects of the increasing demand
                  • List what you can do within your organization to improve your chances of retaining quality accountants


                  Who Should Attend:
                  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                  Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                  NASBA


                  $19.00 each Add to cart

                  Capital Budgeting Analysis

                  • Credits: 2
                  • Format: Self-Study eBook
                  • Field of Study: Business | Industry
                  • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                  Available Formats: 
                  Advanced Preparation:None
                  Experience Level:Basic
                  Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Financing
                  Course ID:ME-103.S-22
                  Published Date:Mar 2022
                  COURSE DESCRIPTION

                  Capital Budgeting Analysis is a process of evaluating how we invest in capital assets; i.e. assets that provide cash flow benefits for more than one year. We will include three stages within Capital Budgeting Analysis: Decision Analysis
                  for Knowledge Building, Option Pricing to Establish Position, Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) for making the Investment Decision.

                  The long-term investments we make today determine the value we will have tomorrow. Therefore, capital budgeting analysis is critical to creating value within financial management. And the only certainty within capital budgeting is
                  uncertainty. Therefore, one of the biggest challenges in capital budgeting is managing uncertainty. We deal with uncertainty through a three-stage process:

                  1. Build knowledge through decision analysis.
                  2. Recognize and encourage options within projects.
                  3. Invest based on economic criteria that have realistic economic assumptions.

                  Once we have completed the three-stage process (as outlined above), we evaluate capital projects using a mix of economic criteria that adheres to the principles of financial management. Three good economic criteria are Net Present
                  Value, Modified Internal Rate of Return, and Discounted Payback.

                  Additionally, we need to manage project risk differently than we would manage uncertainty. We have several tools to help us manage risks, such as increasing the discount rate. Finally, we want to implement post-analysis and tracking
                  of projects after we have invested. This helps eliminate bias and errors in the capital budgeting process.

                  Who Should Attend:
                  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                  Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                  NASBA


                  $19.00 each Add to cart

                  Competitive Intelligence Part 1

                  • Credits: 2
                  • Format: Self-Study eBook
                  • Field of Study: Business Management
                  • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                  Available Formats: 
                  Advanced Preparation:None
                  Experience Level:Basic
                  Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                  Course ID:ME-110.S-22
                  Published Date:Mar 2022
                  COURSE DESCRIPTION

                  Competitive Intelligence (CI) pulls together data and information from a very large and strategic view, allowing you to predict or forecast what is going to happen. This, in turn, allows you to effectively strategize in relation
                  to your competitive environment. Therefore, competitive intelligence allows you to remain competitive by improving your strategic decisions and this leads to better performance against your competitors.

                  Who Should Attend:
                  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                  Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                  NASBA


                  $19.00 each Add to cart

                  Competitive Intelligence Part 2

                  • Credits: 2
                  • Format: Self-Study eBook
                  • Field of Study: Business Management
                  • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                  Available Formats: 
                  Advanced Preparation:None
                  Experience Level:Basic
                  Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                  Course ID:ME-114.S-22
                  Published Date:Mar 2022
                  COURSE DESCRIPTION

                  This course provides more in-depth coverage on competitive intelligence with an emphasis on analytical models used by CI Professionals. The course also provides an overview of CI Systems and pulls all concepts together by presenting
                  some short case studies.
                  Who Should Attend:
                  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                  Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                  NASBA


                  $19.00 each Add to cart

                  Creating Value for Non Profit and NGOs

                  • Credits: 2
                  • Format: Self-Study eBook
                  • Field of Study: Management Services
                  • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                  Available Formats: 
                  Advanced Preparation:None
                  Experience Level:Basic
                  Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                  Course ID:ME-115.S-22
                  Published Date:Mar 2022
                  COURSE DESCRIPTION

                  This course introduces managers and other professionals working in the nonprofit sector to Value-Based Management. The course attempts to establish a common framework for how nonprofit's and non-governmental organizations can apply
                  Value-Based Management in such areas as Strategic Planning, Resource Development, Leadership, and Performance Measurement.

                  This course outlines how value-based management can be applied to non-profit and non-governmental organizations. This course also attempts to highlight several “best practices” for creating value in the nonprofit sector.

                  Who Should Attend:
                  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                  Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                  NASBA


                  $19.00 each Add to cart

                  Creating Value in the Nonprofit Sector

                  • Credits: 2
                  • Format: Self-Study eBook
                  • Field of Study: Business Management
                  •  
                  • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                  Available Formats: 
                  Advanced Preparation:None
                  Experience Level:Basic
                  Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                  Course ID:ME-112.S-22
                  Published Date:Mar 2022
                  COURSE DESCRIPTION

                  Up until now, little if any information has been available on how we can apply this framework to the Nonprofit Sector. However, as the nonprofit sector become more business-like, the need for value-based management grows.

                  To ensure that non-profits function within this value-based framework, we can do many things, such as making the organization more entrepreneurial in how it manages social programs, recognizing and measuring social value in the delivery
                  of services and products, using logic models for assessment and measurement, and making the connection between emotional intelligence and effective leadership.

                  Who Should Attend:
                  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                  Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                  NASBA


                  $19.00 each Add to cart

                  Creating Value Through Financial Management

                  • Credits: 2
                  • Format: Self-Study eBook
                  • Field of Study: Financial Planning
                  • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                  Available Formats: 
                  Advanced Preparation:None
                  Experience Level:Basic
                  Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                  Course ID:ME-107.S-22
                  Published Date:Mar 2022
                  COURSE DESCRIPTION

                  When we look at the typical financial function within an organization, we will find a host of accounting activities: processing of payables, customer invoicing, payroll administration, financial reporting, etc. According to one survey,
                  over 70% of all financial management functions are spent on the processing of accounting transactions.

                  Less than 20% of financial management is spent on "real" financial management, things like w measurement, risk management, forecasting, strategic planning, investment analysis, competitive intelligence, etc. All of these things are
                  where the real value comes from.

                  Therefore, one of the first steps for financial functions to take when it comes to creating value is to move out of the traditional accounting box and into real financial management.

                  Who Should Attend:
                  • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                  Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                  NASBA


                  $29.00 each Add to cart

                  Disaster Plan Development

                  • Credits: 3
                  • Format: Self-Study eBook
                  • Field of Study: Business Management
                  • Author/Speaker: Lanford Publishing
                  Available Formats: 
                  Advanced Preparation:None
                  Experience Level:Basic 
                  Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                  Course ID:LP-309.22-S
                  Published Date:Mar 2022
                  COURSE DESCRIPTION

                  Ensuring the business continuity, the continuation of critical business operations in the event of an unforeseeable disaster is a chief responsibility of an organization’s management team including its financial officer or external CPA. According to Kit Tuveson, chairman of the International Facility Management Association and worldwide facility operations manager for Hewlett-Packard in San Francisco, only 40% of the companies that experience a disastrous event at their place of business will ever open their doors again. In addition, a study developed by the University of Minnesota found that the average company which was put out of business for as little as four and a half days experienced up to a 50% loss in its capacity to operate.

                  Many companies believe that because they are small that they are at less risk and are unable to afford the protection that larger companies can afford. However, it is the smaller companies that are at the greatest risk and therefore should be even more inclined than the larger companies because they are more likely to have all their eggs in one basket. For example, the smaller company commonly has only one work location, a limited number of employees, all of their assets stored at one location, etc.

                  This course will introduce you to the process of developing, communicating, and testing a disaster recovery plan to avoid this potential pitfall and ensure the continuation of critical business operations in the case of an unforeseeable event.

                  Throughout this course, the term “disaster” shall mean any unforeseeable event which has the potential ability to cause an interruption in the normal business operations of an organization. This would include natural disastrous events such as fire, flood, hurricane, earthquake, tornado, etc. in addition to electrical power failure, communication system malfunction, information system crashes, etc.

                  We will begin by taking a look at a mock scenario of a company that experiences a flood during the normal course of a day. This company does not have a disaster plan in place and as a result, experiences a huge loss both financially and emotionally. You will then be introduced to some of the processes and procedures which this mock company and your company or clients can utilize to ensure the continuation of critical business operations in the event of an unforeseeable disaster to reduce your financial and emotional risk.

                  This course will then revisit the mock scenario under the assumption that the company did have a disaster plan implemented when the flooding took place and compare the resulting damages imposed by the event.

                  Finally, you will be provided with additional resources that you may choose to utilize when developing your own disaster plans and a glossary of some of the more common disaster recovery terms.

                    Learning Objectives:

                    After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                    • Recognize the importance of having a corporate disaster plan in place within your organization.
                    • Identify the basics of how to develop, communicate, and test a disaster plan.
                    • Identify the steps to recovering damages.

                    Who Should Attend:

                    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                    NASBA


                    $19.00 each Add to cart

                    Evaluating Financial Performance

                    • Credits: 2
                    • Format: Self-Study eBook
                    • Field of Study: Business Finance
                    • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                    Available Formats: 
                    Advanced Preparation:None
                    Experience Level:Basic
                    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Business Finance
                    Course ID:ME-101.S-22
                    Published Date:Mar 2022
                    COURSE DESCRIPTION

                    Financial information is used by almost everyone and any manager hoping to effectively communicate and understand business must be able to analyze financial information. This course explains the basics of accounting, links accounting
                    to financial statements analyzes financial statements and works through economic analysis of investments.
                    Who Should Attend:
                    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                    NASBA


                    $19.00 each Add to cart

                    Financial Planning and Forecasting

                    • Credits: 2
                    • Format: Self-Study eBook
                    • Field of Study: Business Finance
                    • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                    Available Formats: 
                    Advanced Preparation:None
                    Experience Level:Basic
                    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Business Finance
                    Course ID:ME-102.S-22
                    Published Date:Mar 2022
                    COURSE DESCRIPTION

                    Financial planning is a continuous process of directing and allocating financial resources to meet strategic goals and objectives. The output from financial planning takes the form of budgets. The most widely used form of a budget
                    is Pro Forma or Budgeted Financial Statements. The foundation for Budgeted Financial Statements is Detail Budgets. Detail Budgets include sales forecasts, production forecasts, and other estimates in support of the Financial Plan.
                    Collectively, all of these budgets are referred to as the Master Budget. We can also break financial planning down into planning for operations and planning for financing. Operating people focus on sales and production while financial
                    planners are interested in how to finance the operations.

                    Therefore, we can have an Operating Plan and a Financial Plan. However, to keep things simple and to make sure we integrate the process fully, we will consider financial planning as one single process that encompasses both operations
                    and financing.

                    Who Should Attend:
                    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                    NASBA


                    $19.00 each Add to cart

                    Going Public

                    • Credits: 2
                    • Format: Self-Study eBook
                    • Field of Study: Business Management
                    •  
                    • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                    Available Formats:  
                    Advanced Preparation:None
                    Experience Level:Basic
                    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                    Course ID:ME-111.S-22
                    Published Date:Mar 2022
                    COURSE DESCRIPTION

                    There are millions of privately held companies throughout the United States and the World. Very few of these privately held companies will graduate from the minor leagues of business (privately held) to the major league of business (publicly held). This transformation from the minor league to the big league in business is called “going public” and it culminates when the company can finally sell its stock to the public; referred to as an Initial Public Offering or IPO. As with any major business transformation, going public requires extensive planning, preparation, and perseverance. This short course will outline the IPO process and some of the critical issues that a privately held company must address for successfully going public.

                    The main reason for going public should be to grow the business through increased capitalization. In reality, many IPOs are driven by the need to make the company liquid so investors can get a return for their risky investment. To go public, strong consistent growth rates should be in place to support this major capital increase. Companies with slow growth rates should consider alternatives to going public since failure to put this major infusion of capital to immediate use can drive down valuations.

                    Topics Covered:

                    We will divide the process into three phases, all of which tend to be somewhat concurrent
                    (taking place over similar time frames):

                    1. Preparing for the IPO
                    2. Registering the IPO
                    3. Selling the IPO
                    Who Should Attend:
                    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                    NASBA


                    $19.00 each Add to cart

                    Managing Cash Flow

                    • Credits: 2
                    • Format: Self-Study eBook
                    • Field of Study: Business Management
                    • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                    Available Formats: 
                    Advanced Preparation:None
                    Experience Level:Basic
                    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                    Course ID:ME-104.S-22
                    Published Date:Mar 2022
                    COURSE DESCRIPTION

                    Cash is the most liquid of assets and it represents the lifeblood for growth and investment. To generate cash, we must efficiently and effectively manage the activities that provide cash.

                    These activities include billing customers as quickly as possible, disbursing payments only when they come due, collecting cash on overdue accounts, and investing idle cash.

                    Therefore, managing cash flow involves several objectives:

                    • Accelerating cash inflows wherever possible.
                    • Delaying cash outflows until they come due.
                    • Investing surplus cash to earn a rate of return.
                    • Borrowing cash at the best possible terms.
                    • Maintaining an optimal level of cash that is neither excessive nor deficient.

                    This course will attempt to outline how these objectives can be met. We will try to answer the following questions:

                    • How much cash do we need to run our business?
                    • How much cash is locked up in other current assets?
                    • How long does it take to collect our cash from customers?
                    • How much cash should we hold?
                    • How do we cover cash deficits?
                    • How do we identify problems with cash flow?
                    Who Should Attend:
                    • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                    Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                    NASBA


                    $19.00 each Add to cart

                    Mergers and Acquisitions Part 1

                    • Credits: 2
                    • Format: Self-Study eBook
                    • Field of Study: Business Management
                    • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                    Available Formats: 
                    Advanced Preparation:None
                    Experience Level:Basic
                    Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                    Course ID:ME-106.S-22
                    Published Date:Mar 2022
                    COURSE DESCRIPTION

                    Mergers and acquisitions represent the ultimate change for a business. No other event is more difficult, challenging, or chaotic than a merger and acquisition. Everyone involved in the process must have a clear understanding of how
                    the process works. Hopefully, this short course will provide you with a better appreciation of what is involved.

                      You might be asking yourself, why do I need to learn the merger and acquisition (M & A) process? Well for starters, mergers and acquisitions are now a normal way of life within the business world. In today's global, competitive
                      environment, mergers are sometimes the only means for long-term survival. In other cases, such as Cisco Systems, mergers are a strategic component for generating long-term growth. Additionally, many entrepreneurs no longer build
                      companies for the long-term; they build companies for the short-term, hoping to sell the company for huge profits.

                      Who Should Attend:
                      • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                      Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                      NASBA


                      $19.00 each Add to cart

                      Mergers and Acquisitions Part 2

                      • Credits: 2
                      • Format: Self-Study eBook
                      • Field of Study: Business Management
                      • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                      Available Formats:
                      Advanced Preparation:None
                      Experience Level:Basic
                      Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                      Course ID:ME-116.S-21
                      Published Date:Mar 2022
                      COURSE DESCRIPTION

                      Mergers and acquisitions represent the ultimate change for a business. No other event is more difficult, challenging, or chaotic than a merger and acquisition. Everyone involved in the process must have a clear understanding of how
                      the process works. Hopefully, this short course will provide you with a better appreciation of what is involved.

                      You might be asking yourself, why do I need to learn the merger and acquisition (M and A) process? Well for starters, mergers and acquisitions are now a normal way of life within the business world. In today's global, competitive environment,
                      mergers are sometimes the only means for long-term survival.

                      In other cases, such as Cisco Systems, mergers are a strategic component for generating long-term growth. Additionally, many entrepreneurs no longer build companies for the long-term; they build companies for the short-term, hoping
                      to sell the company for huge profits.

                      Who Should Attend:
                      • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)

                      Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                      NASBA


                      $89.00 each Add to cart

                      Principles of Wealth Management

                      • Credits: 9
                      • Format: Self-Study eBook
                      • Field of Study: Business | Industry
                      • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                      Available Formats: 
                      Advanced Preparation:None
                      Experience Level:Basic
                      Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Wealth Management
                      Course ID:PW-825.22
                      Published Date:May 2022
                      COURSE DESCRIPTION

                      Principles of Wealth Management examines the
                      financial planning discipline, including Its need, as evidenced by the U.S.
                      poverty rate, the U.S. savings rate, the lack of financial retirement readiness
                      and the ever-increasing cost of higher education. The course details the
                      principal steps in developing a financial plan, the critical issues in managing
                      and protecting wealth, the products and concepts available to implement wealth
                      management objectives and their tax treatment.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Discuss the evidence indicating the need for comprehensive financial planning;
                        • Recognize the steps in developing a client’s financial plan;
                        • Describe the critical issues in managing wealth;
                        • Identify the principal products and concepts available to Implement and facilitate wealth management objectives; and
                        • Apply the principles of wealth management to improve the financial situation of clients. 

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Process Improvement The Six Sigma

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Business Management
                        • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                        Course ID:ME-113.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Everything everyone does within an organization is part of a process. So invariably if you want to improve what the organization does, then you have to focus on improving the process. By putting your emphasis on the process, you
                        avoid the typical trap that so many business leaders seem to fall prey to – looking to cut costs, they focus on trimming payrolls or pushing people to do more with less. This short-sided approach may get a brief bump in performance.
                        However, in the long run, you end up increasing costs, reducing value to the customer, and making it harder for the company to compete.
                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA


                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Strategic Planning

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Business Management
                        • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                        Course ID:ME-108.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The essence of management includes the ability to plan. As you work your way up the organization, planning moves from operational to strategic. Strategic Planning is one of the principal responsibilities of upper-level management.
                        Once management decides on the Strategic Plan, lower-level managers implement the Strategic Plan through an Operating Plan.

                        Strategic Planning attempts to answer a very fundamental question:

                        • Where do we want to be one year from now, two years from now, three years from now, etc.?
                        • Does Strategic Planning require that an organization develops a vision of itself (how do we see ourselves in the future)?
                        • Strategic Planning looks at the big picture from a long-range perspective whereas the Operating Plan represents the specific tactics for carrying out the Strategic Plan year to year
                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA


                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        The Balanced Scorecard

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Business Management
                        • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                        Course ID:ME-109.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Accountants communicate with financial statements. Engineers communicate with as-built drawings. Architects communicate with physical models. It seems that almost every profession has some means of communicating clearly to the
                        end-user. However, for people engaged in strategic planning there has been an ongoing dilemma. The finished product, the strategic plan, has not been communicated and reached the end-user. Sure, strategic plans are nice to look at,
                        full of bar charts, nice covers, well written, and professionally prepared; but they simply have not impacted the people who must execute the strategic plan. The result has been poor execution of the strategic plan throughout the entire
                        organization. And the sad fact of the matter is that execution of the strategic plan is everybody’s business, not just upper-level management. Upper-level management creates the strategy, but execution takes place from the bottom up.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA


                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        The Management of Capital

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Business Finance
                        • Author/Speaker: Matt Evans
                        Available Formats:  
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Management
                        Course ID:ME-105.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The long-term investments we make today will determine the value of our business tomorrow. To make long-term investments in new product lines, new equipment, and other assets, managers must know the cost of obtaining funds
                        to acquire these assets. The cost associated with different sources of funds is called the cost of capital. The cost of Capital represents the rate a business must pay for each source of funds - debt, preferred stock, common stock,
                        and retained earnings. Since we want to maintain existing market values, the cost of capital is the minimum acceptable rate of return for long-term investments. If the business earns more than its cost of capital, the market value
                        of the business will increase. Likewise, if returns on long-term investments are below the cost of capital, market values will decline. This leads us to a very fundamental objective within financial management - maximizing values for
                        the owners of the business. Therefore, how we manage capital is extremely important to fulfilling the basic objective of increased shareholder value.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA



                        Federal Tax | Tax Planning

                        Click the icon for detailed course description and information.

                        Courses are listed in Alphabetical order


                        $279.00 each Add to cart

                        1040 Workshop Taxes In Depth 2022

                        • Credits: 28
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation 
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01940-22-S | 6233-CE-0572
                        Published Date:Jan 2022

                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Designed to make the practitioner comfortable with “high traffic” issues, this program enables participants to discuss and handle individual tax essentials. The course examines and explains the practical aspects of return preparation and individual planning, bridging the gap between theory and application. Significant new developments are summarized with emphasis on tax savings ideas. Practical applications and illustrations are used to systematically explore tax deferral, reduction, and elimination opportunities accompanying return preparation. For example, the analysis of gross income is discussed together with income splitting techniques; property transactions
                        are examined alongside like-kind exchanges and involuntary conversions. The result is 
                        an extraordinary blend of the latest developments affecting individual returns and their related planning ideas

                        Topics include:
                        • Individual Tax Elements
                        • Expenses, Deductions & Accounting
                        • Property Transfers & Retirement Plans
                        • Losses, AMT & Compliance

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Tax rates and tables 
                        • Filing status 
                        • Gross income 
                        • Dividends and distributions 
                        • Discharge of debt income 
                        • Exclusions from income Nonbusiness and personal deductions 
                        • Education and medical expenses 
                        • Casualty and theft losses 
                        • Tax credits
                        • Landlord’s rental expenses 
                        • Health insurance costs 
                        • Home office deduction Travel and entertainment  expenses 
                        • Employee expense reimbursement and reporting 
                        • Automobile deductions 
                        • Fringe benefits 
                        • Methods of accounting 
                        • Expensing and depreciation 
                        • Amortization
                        • Sales and exchanges of property 
                        • Home sale exclusion 
                        • Installment sales 
                        • Repossession 
                        • Involuntary conversions 
                        • At-risk rules 
                        • Like-kind exchanges Retirement plans 
                        • IRAs SIMPLEs
                        • Passive loss rules 
                        • Suspension of disallowed losses under §469 
                        • Computing the alternative minimum tax 
                        • Minimum AMT tax credit 
                        • Reporting compliance rules and provisions 
                        • Accuracy related penalties 
                        • Information reporting penalty final regulations 
                        • Penalty for unrealistic position 
                        • Statute of limitations for assessments 
                        • Examination of returns

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $49.00 each Add to cart

                        Affordable Care Act: Employer Rights and Responsibilities

                        • Credits: 5
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01917-22-S | 6233-CE-0683
                        Published Date:Jan 2022

                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) has brought about the most significant change in healthcare since the passage of the 1965 legislation that authorized Medicare. It imposes
                        healthcare-related requirements on health plans, health insurers, and employers. Eligible small employers may receive tax credits for providing health insurance coverage to their employees, and large employers may find themselves subject to tax penalties for failing to provide such employee coverage. This course will review the principal coverage provisions of the law and will examine its tax impact on employers

                        Topics include:
                        • Chapter 1 – Overview of PPACA Coverage Provisions
                        • Chapter 2 – Employer Credits Requirements

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • List the principal coverage provisions of the PPACA
                        • Recognize the shared responsibility requirements for applicable employers concerning
                          employee health coverage
                        • Compute the potential tax penalties that may be imposed under the PPACA for an employer’s
                          failure to meet the applicable shared responsibility requirements
                        • Calculate the tax credits for which a small employer may be eligible for providing employee health insurance coverage.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $29.00 each Add to cart

                        Affordable Care Tax Individual Rights and Responsibilities

                        • Credits: 3
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats:  
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01918-22-S | 6233-CE-0633
                        Published Date:Jan 2022

                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        By changing many of the rules traditionally applicable to health insurance and imposing healthcare-related requirements on virtually every individual, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) is likely to affect virtually
                        every person in the United States in some way.

                        The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) imposes various tax increases to generate revenue and uses a carrot and stick approach to ensure individuals comply with its provisions by offering tax credits for compliance and,
                        until 2019, by imposing tax penalties for non-compliance. This course will review the principal provisions of the law affecting individuals and will consider the:

                        Topics include:

                        Coverage-related provisions of the PPACA addressing:

                        • Plan grandfathering pursuant to which health coverage in force at the time of the law's passage may be continued,
                        • The prohibition of pre-existing condition exclusions,
                        • The proscription of a lifetime and annual benefit limits,
                        • The limitation of health coverage rescissions,
                        • The requirement for certain patient protections, and
                        • The requirement that plans to cover children extend child coverage until age 26;
                        • Various personal income tax changes affecting taxpayers; and
                        • Tax credits are authorized under the law to assist taxpayers by helping them purchase and maintain health insurance coverage.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • List the principal healthcare provisions of the PPACA affecting individuals;
                        • Identify those individuals who may be exempt from the individual mandate; and
                        • Calculate the tax credits designed to help ensure that individuals can purchase and maintain health insurance coverage.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Tax Return Preparers (TRPs)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $59.00 each Add to cart

                        Annual Federal Tax Refresher 2022

                        • Credits: 6
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Annual Federal Tax Refresher
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-A-02011-22-S | 6233-CE-0742 | PW-101.22
                        Course Dates Availability:June 1st till December 31st, 2022
                        View IRS Continuing Education Requirements

                        YOU WILL HAVE 3 HOURS TO COMPLETE THE EXAM
                        After the time limit has been reached your answers will be automatically submitted, Four (4) attempts are allowed.



                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Each year, various limits affecting income tax return preparation and tax planning are affected by inflation-related changes. In addition, various laws passed to address the financial consequences of the coronavirus pandemic significantly
                        affect tax planning and may also affect taxpayers’ income tax liability. This course will examine many of those changes.

                        The Annual Federal Tax Refresher course is designed to meet the requirements of the IRS voluntary Annual Filing Season program. It discusses new tax law—including various tax extenders—and recent updates for the upcoming
                        filing season provides a general tax review, and examines important rules governing tax return preparer ethics, practices and procedures.

                        In organizing this course, the term "domain" is used in place of the more common "chapter" to more closely follow the language of the IRS Annual Federal Tax Refresher course outline.

                        Topics Covered
                        • Domain 1 – New Tax Law/Recent Updates
                        • Domain 2 – General Income Tax Review
                        • Domain 3 – Practices, Procedures, and Professional Responsibility
                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify the principal individual income tax changes brought about by recent legislation;
                        • Apply the inflation-adjusted and other limits to the proper preparation of taxpayers’ income tax returns;
                        • Recognize the federal income tax filing statuses and the criteria for their use;
                        • Describe the current status of tax extenders;
                        • Identify the types of income that must be recognized;
                        • Apply the tax rules to the various credits and adjustments to income that are available to taxpayers;
                        • Recognize the penalties that may be imposed on a preparer for failing to meet ethical and practice standards in preparing tax returns; and
                        • Identify the duties and restrictions imposed on tax preparers under Circular 230.
                        Who Should Attend:
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $79.00 each Add to cart

                        Annual Tax Season Update 2023

                        • Credits: 8
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-02012-22-S | 6233-CE-0744 | PW-826.22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Each year, income tax return preparation is affected by
                        inflation-related changes to various limits and new tax laws. This course will
                        look at those changes and new laws.    

                        The 2023 Annual Tax Season
                        Update
                        course is based on the Annual
                        Federal Tax Refresher
                        course and is designed to provide valuable
                        information to persons preparing individual 1040 income tax returns reflecting
                        clients’ 2022 income.  It does not,
                        however, satisfy the Internal Revenue Service’s voluntary annual filing season
                        program.

                        The course a) examines new tax law and changes in various
                        limits that reflect inflation, b) provides a general tax review, and c)
                        discusses important rules governing tax return preparer ethics, practices, and
                        procedures.

                        Topics include:
                        • Chapter 1 – Recent Updates
                        • Chapter 2 – New Law & Tax Extenders
                        • Chapter 3 – Income
                        • Chapter 4 – Proprietorship Income
                        • Chapter 5 – Individual Deductions
                        • Chapter 6 – Tax Credits
                        • Chapter 7 – General Income Tax Review
                        • Chapter 8 – Preparer Practices, Procedures & Responsibility

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify the principal individual income tax changes brought about by recent legislation;  
                        • Apply the inflation-adjusted and other limits to the proper preparation of taxpayers’ income tax returns;
                        • Recognize the federal income tax filing statuses and the criteria for their use;
                        • Describe the current status of tax extenders;
                        • Identify the types of income that must be recognized;
                        • Apply the tax rules to the various credits and adjustments to income that are available to taxpayers; 
                        • Recognize the penalties that may be imposed on a preparer for failing to meet ethical and practice standards in preparing tax returns; and
                        • Identify the duties and restrictions imposed on tax preparers under Circular 230.


                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Asset Protection (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01945-22-S | 6233-CE-0708 | DS-203.22
                        Published Date:Jan 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The current litigation explosion has created tremendous Interest in asset protection. Not only does this area have financial and estate aspects but it directly impacts tax planning.

                        This course is designed to survey opportunities for asset protection that can arise during tax planning and to determine how to properly report such transactions.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        1. Recognize misconceptions about and the main reasons for asset protection, determine fraudulent transfers stating how to structure asset protection planning transfers so that they are not fraudulent, identify goals associated with undertaking asset protection measures, and specify how life insurance can be used as an asset protection vehicle.
                        2. Identify how the various types of entities relate to asset protection and how the various types of joint ownership of property and various trusts directly impact asset protection and tax liability.
                        3. Determine the concepts of common law property, community property, and equitable ownership specifying which states base distribution laws on those concepts, specify asset division principles, and recognize premarital and post-nuptial
                          agreements and how they can be used to advise clients in individual asset protection.
                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Auto Rules (mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Taxes
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation 
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-02010-22-S | 6233-CE-0739 | DS-205.22
                        Published Date:April 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Operating costs for vehicles used in the course of a taxpayer’s business are deductible. Thus, when taxpayers use their vehicles in their businesses or employment, they can deduct that portion of the cost of operating their vehicle.
                        Such costs that can be deducted are property taxes that are paid on their vehicle if deductions are itemized on Schedule A. This mini-course reviews apportionment of personal and business use, the actual cost method, the standard
                        mileage method, and expensing. Moreover, this presentation informs practitioners about topics such as the benefits and costs of leasing versus owning, and working condition fringe benefits.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Recognize tax vehicle depreciation (§168) and expensing (§179) methods including their requirements and limitations under MACRS and recognize basis, business use, and deduction computations.
                        • Specify the predominant business use rule recognizing the result of less than 50% qualified business use, cite the pros and cons of auto leasing, and determine how to estimate monthly lease payments indicating what factors affect
                          payments so clients may recognize leasing costs and know common leasing terms.
                        • Identify items included under the standard mileage method listing items that may be separately deducted, determine the taxable fringe benefit value of an employer-provided automobile using the general and special valuation methods
                          and specify several qualified nonpersonal use vehicles stating what reporting standards apply.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Bankruptcy Tax Issues (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        •  
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:  
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01949-22-S | 6233-CE-0636 | DS-206.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act was enacted to minimize abuse of the bankruptcy system. Included in this Act were tax law changes and other changes that individuals, partnerships, and corporations will see
                        in the bankruptcy procedures and qualifications. This mini-course examines these changes that debtors will face when filing for federal bankruptcy and also explores the many tax issues of bankruptcy. Practitioners will also
                        learn about other issues such as homesteading and garnishment by creditors.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify changes made by the 2005 Bankruptcy Act, the common types of bankruptcy, and filing qualifications. 
                        • Determine the impact of an automatic stay, the treatment of preferential transfers, the priority of claims, and the discharge of debts. 
                        • Recognize the creation and taxation of an individual bankruptcy estate specifying partnership & corporate bankruptcy differences.
                        • Identify the scope of and special rules for homesteading and garnishment

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $39.00 each Add to cart

                        Basic Fringe Benefits (Mini)

                        • Credits: 4
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:

                        General understanding of federal income taxation.

                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01951-22-S | 6233-CE-0669 | DS-309.22 
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This course is an overview of basic fringe benefits and examines their mechanics, compensation methods, valuation, withholding, and accounting. Achievement awards, term life insurance, medical reimbursement, meals & lodging, educational
                        assistance, dependent care, employer-provided automobiles, interest-free loans, etc. are identified. Employer and employee economic and tax considerations are recognized. Fringe benefit requirements and limits are specified and
                        ERISA compliance requirements are determined.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Recognize basic fringe benefit planning by determining “income” under §61, and identify the differences between former nonstatutory and current statutory fringe benefits created by recent cases, rulings, and tax law changes.
                        • Specify the mechanics of typical fringe benefits, determine the fair market value of a fringe benefit under the general valuation rule or the special valuation rules, and identify the general accounting rule and the special two-month
                          pour-over accounting rule.
                        • Identify an “employee achievement award” under §274, and recognize the rules for group term life insurance under §79 stating how to implement proper coverage.
                        • Determine the mechanics of self-insured medical reimbursement plans under §105, and specify the requirements of medical insurance under §106 identifying differences.
                        • Identify the rules for excluding the value of meals and lodging under §119, and “cafeteria plans” and how they operate.
                        • Recognize the requirements and limits of employee educational assistance programs and dependent care assistance specifying how to obtain each type of assistance.
                        • Identify “no-additional-cost services” and determine what property or services are excludable from income as qualified employee discounts under §132(c), and specify exceptions to working condition fringes and de minimis fringes.
                        • Determine the requirements for qualified transportation fringe benefits under §132(f), specify valuation methods for employer-provided automobiles, and identify the qualifications for the popular physical fitness exclusion, and
                          the requirements and benefits of adoption assistance programs.
                        • Recognize planning services available under §§132, 212, and 67, determine interest-free and below-market loans, identify child care benefits and corporate-funded educational savings accounts, specify S corporation fringe benefits,
                          and identify ERISA compliance requirements. 

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Basic Marital Tax Matters (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Tax
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01950-22-S | 6233-CE-0711 | DS-208.22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        In this mini-course, initial marital tax matters such as living together, property rights, premarital agreements, filing status, exemptions, and dependents are explored. The detailed support test for children of divorced or separated
                        parents, the tax treatment of back child support, the deduction of divorce costs, and estimated tax payments are reviewed. Emphasis is given to marital property rules, married versus unmarried tax rate comparison, head of household
                        status, and treatment of refunds and deficiencies.

                        Topics include:
                        • Marital status
                        • Joint return
                        • Separate returns
                        • Head of household
                        • Exemptions
                        • Divorce costs
                        • Withholding & estimated tax
                        • Community property states
                        • Ending the community
                        • Living together

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify marital status and the effect marital status has on filing status, cite the tax advantages and disadvantages of filing status and, specify the requirements for filing as head of household and the exemptions associated
                          with spouses and dependents.
                        • Recognize the differences between custodial and non-custodial parents including how the status affects dependency, identify the application of special support rules, and specify the dependent child income standards.
                        • Determine common law and community property specifying their effect on marital and divorce planning, and identify the circumstances when payments qualify as §71 alimony.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $239.00 each Add to cart

                        Business Taxation for the Business Owners

                        • Credits: 24
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 

                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01952-22-S | 6233-CE-0637 | DS-108.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Americans who want to be their boss are not entirely on their own. They have a rich uncle - Uncle Sam - who is there to help, as well as to make demands. The Nation's tax laws are intended to encourage people to start new businesses and are chock full of incentives and tax breaks, as well as sometimes onerous reporting requirements.

                        This course is a fast-paced and entertaining guide through tax issues affecting business entities and their owners. The focus of this class is on tax devices and techniques available to the small-business owner. Emphasis will be given to operational deductions, fringe benefits, compensation, family income splitting, retirement plans, and estate planning.

                        Topics include:
                        • Sole proprietorships
                        • Partnerships
                        • Regular corporations
                        • Recordkeeping
                        • Kinds of records to keep
                        • Business transactions
                        • Bookkeeping systems
                        • How long to keep records
                        • Accounting periods & methods
                        • Inventories

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Recognize sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations as organizational formats for new and existing businesses.
                        • Identify how the choice of entity relates to the type of records to keep, listing issues related to substantiation and documentation.
                        • Specify available accounting periods and methods and the methods for identifying and valuing inventory items.
                        • Identify the various types of income and their implications, including the hidden income tax dangers of cancellation of indebtedness income, tax recoveries, and depreciation recapture
                        • Specify the existing basic business and investment tax credits, naming their tax requirements, and business asset types that affect the character of gain or loss, and recognize the tax treatment on the disposition of business assets, including non-recognition transfers and §1231 assets
                        • Recognize the importance of §162 in deducting and substantiating business expenses and costs and specify the implications of the deduction timing and limits specifying the treatment of not-for-profit activities
                        • Identify conditional sales contracts, leveraged leases, and true leases, and determine how to qualify for rent expense deductions including through leasehold improvements.
                        • Specify the various forms of interest expense under §163(a) recognizing related reporting and filing issues, and identify the distinctions between deductible and nondeductible interest.
                        • Recognize deductions for real estate, state, and local taxes and list deductions for home office use, research and experimentation costs, barrier removal, and mine development
                        • Identify the various forms of tax treatment under the concepts of depreciation and amortization, including the effect on amortization of §197.
                        • Determine the differences between cost depletion and percentage depletion as a means of accounting for the reduction of a product’s reserves.
                        • Specify the types of bad debt and their effect on accounting and the various methods for dealing with bad debt.
                        • Specify the common-law rules used by the IRS to determine whether a person is an employee for purposes of FICA, FUTA, and federal income tax withholding.
                        • Identify the tests for wages to be deductible and how excluded fringe benefits can result in more employer deductions and incentive-based compensation to employees.
                        • Identify the apportionment of business and personal use of an automobile, including deduction limitations, and specify the various depreciation methods such as MACRS and §179 expensing.
                        • Identify the various valuation methods used in determining the actual value of an employee’s personal use of an automobile specifying the reporting options available to the employer.
                        • Determine the factors associated with the business purpose requirement stating how they determine deductible expenses for meals and currently restricted entertainment.
                        • Identify the applicable federal per diem rate from any one of several methods and the different reporting and income inclusion treatments given to self-employed persons or reimbursed employees.
                        • Determine the differences between defined contribution and defined benefit plans recognizing the different types of plans and their effect on retirement benefits
                        • Identify Keogh Plans, traditional and Roth IRAs, and SIMPLE 401(k) plans by specifying their characteristics and determining how and when they may and may not be appropriate
                        • Specify the requirements that determine insurance premium deduction and, identify the interest disallowance rule, the uniform capitalization rules citing their relation to production or resale activity costs
                        • Identify the primary dispositive plans, such as simple wills, the various types of trusts, annuities, related family documents, and conservatorships.
                        • Specify the various special business issues related to estate planning, such as methods of business valuation, the implications of important revenue rulings, the use of estate planning tools recognizing buy-sell
                          agreements, and, deferred compensation agreements.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Business Travel and Entertainment (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci

                                
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01953-22-S | 6233-CE-0638 | DS-109.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Taxpayers are once again looking to CPAs for guidance and planning related to travel and entertainment expenses. This comprehensive mini-course examines and explains the practical aspects of business travel and entertainment deductions.
                        To determine the expenses that taxpayers can deduct, fundamentals are reviewed and planning opportunities are identified. Practitioners will learn to master the proper administration of these complex and often cumbersome
                        provisions.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        1. Recognize the “away from home” requirement and related deductions, determine what constitutes transportation and travel expenses specifying the tests for tax home and recognize the differences between temporary and indefinite work assignments including their effect on a tax home.
                        2. identify the business purpose requirement using the 51/49 percent test, determine deductible conventions and meetings, and specify the limitations applied to meals and lodging when traveling.
                        3. Determine what constitutes business entertainment and identify business entertainment activity deduction restrictions and disallowance.
                        4. Specify the §274(e) exceptions to entertainment deduction disallowance, recognize the necessity of expense substantiation, and determine accountable and non-accountable plans stating the impact on deductions.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $219.00 each Add to cart

                        Choosing the Right Business Entity and Getting Cash Out of It

                        • Credits: 22
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01955-22-S | 6233-CE-0640 | DS-234.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This comprehensive book describes and compares sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies, “C” corporations, and “S” corporations. It examines their advantages and disadvantages, permitting the reader to properly
                        select the right business entity for their tax and liability needs. The major emphasis is given the maximization of tax benefits in each business format. Fringe benefits, retirement plan alternatives, and nonqualified deferred
                        compensation are discussed in detail.

                        Topics include:
                        • Advantages & disadvantages
                        • Formation
                        • Schedule C
                        • Self-employment tax
                        • Estimated tax
                        • Sale of a business
                        • Classification of assets
                        • Other business dispositions
                        • Income splitting
                        • Estate planning

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with sole proprietorships, and specify the formation requirements.
                        • Identify not-for-profit activities, particularly as they relate to Schedule C businesses, and recall the various requirements permitting such businesses to complete the C-EZ form or request an automatic filing extension.
                        • Recognize the taxes imposed on self-employed persons specifying compliance with payment requirements, determine how sole proprietorship assets are characterized on disposition, and, identify income splitting and estate planning
                          devices available for such business owners and their impact on entity choice.
                        • Determine what constitutes a partnership under §761(a) including the status of joint ventures, co-tenancy, publicly traded partnerships, and the special benefits of family partnerships citing several advantages and disadvantages
                          of each and recognize how partners share tax items
                        • Identify the taxation of partners and partnerships and its effect on the preparation of individual returns and K-1s and, specify the exclusion requirements stating the tax rate and §1031 exchange impact
                        • Recognize separately stated items identifying the relationship of deductions to outside basis, partnership versus partner deductions, allocation of deductions, and related filing requirements to improve accurate tax reporting.
                        • Determine the closing of a partnership year, the events that terminate a partnership, and the events that do not close the year to insure proper tax allocation.
                        • Identify types of transactions between a partner and the partnership that can influence the treatment of the transaction, and specify the character of property contributions under §721.
                        • Determine inside and outside basis, including complications caused by the contribution of services, specify their interplay with the at-risk & passive rules, their impact on the disposition of partnership interests, and their
                          effect on partnership distributions, and identify how such distributions and liquidations effect gain or loss for partnership and partners
                        • Identify the characteristics of limited liability companies (LLCs) that distinguish them from other entities, particularly C corporations, and specify the benefits of an LLC and their effect on choosing a form of entity.
                        • Cite reasons for choosing an LLC over S corporations, limited partnerships, and general partnerships and, in contrast, determine the drawbacks of LLCs to assist clients in entity selection.
                        • Identify several ways to use the LLC form effectively and thereby fit client objectives and expand business-planning opportunities.
                        • Recognize the varying tax consequences of forming or converting to an LLC including possible tax differences using the California Limited Liability Company Act
                        • Determine a “corporation,” for tax purposes, and identify regular corporations from other entities
                        • Identify “personal service corporations” and small business investment companies, their requirements & tax treatment and determine when and how clients can engage or avoid such classification for their benefit.
                        • Recognize the transfer of money, property, or both by prospective shareholders to a corporation and the requirements of §351.
                        • Specify the requirements of §1244 stock and the small business stock exclusion, and determine the differences between start-up expenses and organizational expenses.
                        • Identify corporate pitfalls and dangers citing tax recognition of the entity, tax rates, AMT repeal, capital gains & losses under §1212 and the dividends received deduction under §243.
                        • Specify necessary corporate action for making allowable corporate charitable contributions, benefiting from the repeal of §341, and avoiding tax penalties under §541 and §531.
                        • Identify available corporate accounting periods and methods stating the treatment and impact of tax-exempt income, inventory identification & evaluation, multiple corporations, and corporate liquidations and distributions
                        • Determine what constitutes an S corporation and specify the advantages and disadvantages associated with them.
                        • Identify variables that impact whether a business can choose S corporation status, ways that an S corporation may be terminated, and the related procedures that must be followed.
                        • Recognize S corporation tax treatment including special areas involving income and expenses, pass-through items, built-in gain, passive income, tax preference items, LIFO recapture tax, capital gains tax, investment credit recapture,
                          estimated tax payments, and basis of S corporation stock
                        • Identify S corporation owner compensation and distribution options recognizing reasonable compensation requirements, related party rules, S corporation distribution taxation, tax year choices, fringe benefits, and specifying when
                          the Form 1120S must be filed.
                        • Recognize basic fringe benefit planning by specifying “income” under §61, and determining the differences between former nonstatutory and current statutory fringe benefits created by recent cases, rulings, and tax law changes.
                        • Identify the basic mechanics of typical fringe benefits, determine the fair market value of a fringe benefit under the general valuation rule or the special valuation rules, and cite the general accounting rule and the special
                          two-month pour-over accounting rule.
                        • Determine what constitutes a §274 “employee achievement award” and specify the rules for §79 group term life insurance specifying how to implement proper coverage.
                        • Recognize the mechanics of §105 self-insured medical reimbursement plans, and determine the requirements of §106 medical insurance stating the differences between the two Code sections.
                        • Specify the rules for excluding the value of meals and lodging under §119 and determine what constitutes a “cafeteria plan” stating how it operates.
                        • Identify the requirements and limits of employee educational assistance programs and dependent care assistance determining how to obtain each type of assistance.
                        • Determine “no-additional-cost services” and identify what property or services are excludable from income as qualified employee discounts under §132(c), and specify exceptions to working condition fringes and de minimis fringes.
                        • Determine the differences between self-employed and qualified plans for other business types recognizing key choice of entity factors.
                        • Specify the requirements of IRAs, SEPs, and SIMPLEs, and identify tax-free Roth IRA distributions stating where to maximize plan benefits.
                        • Identify the advantages of nonqualified deferred compensation, specify the purposes of nonqualified plans and factors that a nonqualified retirement benefit can be based on, determine the contractual provisions of such arrangements
                          and necessary provisions, recognize the IRS’s position on nonqualified compensation, and determine “constructive receipt” and “economic benefit.”
                        • Specify the differences among unfunded bare contractual promise plans, funded company account plans, and segregated asset plans and the tax consequences of each, and identify the basic tax consequences associated with nonqualified
                          plans.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $29.00 each Add to cart

                        Choosing the Right Business Entity and Getting Cash Out of It (Mini)

                        • Credits: 3
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        •  
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Tax Income
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01954-22-S | 6233-CE-0639 | DS-141.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This mini-course describes and compares sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies, “C” corporations, and “S” corporations. It examines their advantages and disadvantages, permitting the participant to properly
                        select the right business entity for their tax and liability needs.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Cite the central differences among business entities and the advantages and disadvantages associated with basic business entity types
                        • Recognize the tax attributes of sole proprietorships, partnerships,
                          LLCs, S corporations, and C corporations and how each entity can be
                          used to enhance tax and financial purposes and objectives
                        • Specify the unique (e.g., self-employment) and general taxes applicable to particular entities and the tax forms that may be required
                        • Identify the basic deductions that are permissible for each entity
                          type and the conditions under which they are allowed
                        • Determine the tax years, accounting methods, and valuation methods that each entity type may use, and how the entities can be terminated
                        • Specify for different entity types the basis and the tax effect of sales,
                          exchanges, transfers, contributions, and distributions.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $339.00 each Add to cart

                        Complete Guide to Estate and Gift Taxation

                        • Credits: 34
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01956-22-S | 6233-CE-0641 | DS-111.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This presentation integrates federal taxation with overall financial planning. The course will explore tax strategies relating to the central financial tactics of wealth building, capital preservation, and estate distribution.

                        The result is a unified explanation of tax economics that will permit the tax professional to locate, analyze, and solve financial concerns. Designed to improve the quality of services to clients and the profitability of engagements,
                        this program projects the accountant into the world of financial planning. This course will give the participant practice in analyzing problems, developing solutions, and presenting final personal financial plans to clients.

                        The course surveys wills, living trusts, gifts, marital property, and probate avoidance. Will and trust forms are explored along with living wills, durable powers of attorney, and nominations of conservators. Designed to eliminate
                        estate problems and death taxes, the emphasis is on practical, cost-effective solutions.

                        Topics include:
                        • CHAPTER 1 - FINANCIAL TAX PLANNING
                        • CHAPTER 2 - BUILDING AN ESTATE
                        • CHAPTER 3 - PRESERVATION OF WEALTH
                        • CHAPTER 4 - DEFERRAL
                        • CHAPTER 5 - REDUCTION
                        • CHAPTER 6 - INCOME SPLITTING
                        • CHAPTER 7 - ELIMINATION
                        • CHAPTER 8 - ASSET PROTECTION
                        • CHAPTER 9 - Estate Planning
                        • CHAPTER 10 - Estate & Gift Taxes
                        • CHAPTER 11 - Wills & Probate
                        • CHAPTER 12 - Trust
                        • CHAPTER 13 - Entities & Title
                        • CHAPTER 14 - Life Insurance, Annuities & Buy-Sell Agreements
                        • CHAPTER 15 - Special Business Issues
                        • CHAPTER 16 - Estate Freeze Rules
                        • CHAPTER 17 - Elderly & Disabled Planning
                        • CHAPTER 18 - Post-Mortem Planning & Tax Return Requirements

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify short-term financial goals and investment purposes, recognize the importance of defining, listing, and prioritizing realistic goals specifying how investing allocation changes with age.
                        • Determine the tax consequences of title holding methods by:
                          1. Specifying ways to hold title to assets starting with the simplest and most direct way to hold property;
                          2. Cite the tax benefits and drawbacks of co-tenancies, corporations (both C & S), partnerships, qualified retirement plans, and trusts particularly as they relate to a client's after-tax investment return; and
                          3. Identifying custodianship under the uniform acts and determining how an estate can be tax beneficial to taxpayers.
                        • Recognize the impact of retirement planning postponement identify the importance of early planning using the author's suggested step process, specify a balance sheet method to plan retirement, determine how to diversify portfolios
                          by balancing liquid and nonliquid assets, and identify the purpose of savings and strategies to save.
                        • Identify money management specifying income types, recognize causes of increased taxable income for itemizing taxpayers, and specify taxable income types and their proper reporting.
                        • Determine the distinctions between tax-free municipal bonds from fringe benefits in generating tax-free income, cite the benefits of tax deferral, and identify tax-deferred investments.
                        • Specify ways to shelter income stating how income sheltering amplifies investment return.
                        • Recognize the budgeting of income into cash by containing expenditures with the author's step process and discretionary income development, identify a client’s negative outlook on budgeting and counter strategies, determine how
                          to convert income into assets by purchasing investments, and specify asset acquisition rules.
                        • Specify tax-advantaged investments citing management rules, and determine the economic impact of accelerating deductions, postponing tax liability, and leveraging.
                        • Identify spending habits stating how to design a budget to increase discretionary income, determine net worth using a balance sheet, and select assets and liabilities for an inventory on which to base financial goals
                        • Specify why individuals should take primary responsibility for the investment planning including necessary self-education, determine the allocation of financial resources among investments to maximize return, and recognize the
                          impact of inflation, risk versus return, and basic income tax planning tactics.
                        • Identify the benefits of tax deferral, recall the former use of tax deferral under §1034, and cite the tax deferral advantage under §1031 listing its elements
                        • Specify the related party §1031 restrictions identifying prohibited parties or entities and permissible disposition exceptions, cite recommendations for the protection of exchange participants, and recognize the history of the
                          multiple property regulations stating the unique netting requirements for multiple asset exchanges.
                        • Recall the evolution of delayed exchanges naming allowable transfers, determine how to select qualified replacement property, specify constructive receipt safe harbors and methods to secure exchange party performance, cite the
                          §1031 partnership underlying asset rule, identify retirement plan design, identify popular methods for providing for retirement, and select near retirement investments.
                        • Specify the requirements for an installment sale, determine how to elect out of the installment method, identify the variables affecting §453 availability, and determine how to use a property option to receive income and postpone
                          tax
                        • Identify tax credits specifying qualified computational expenses, limitations, and restrictions
                        • Recognize the estimated tax rules and procedures including payment deadlines, underpayment penalties, and the economics of overpaying estimated taxes, and specify the nondeductible interest types.
                        • Determine the deductibility of investment interest, prepaid interest, points, and prepayment penalties recognizing the offset of passive income with rental property mortgage interest.
                        • Identify business vehicle operating costs using (or switching between) the actual cost method or the standard mileage rate, recognize the importance of expense and mileage records and specify depreciation traps when purchasing
                          a vehicle.
                        • Recall the requirements for business expenses to meet the directly-related test, cite the elements of the associated test, identify the business expense statutory exceptions, and recognize the application of R.R. 90-23, and R.R.
                          99-7 to the deduction of transportation costs to a temporary work location.
                        • Determine business asset depreciation using both ACRS and MACRS recovery classes, identify sources of §172 net operating losses (NOLs) recognizing carryback and carryover rules, specify tax breaks for non-itemizing taxpayers, recognize
                          the advisability of filing an amended return, determine how to avoid audits by claiming refunds for provable items stating which return amendments are safest.
                        • Recognize formats for income splitting, determine the tax treatment of employee and self-employed business expenses particularly home-office expenses stating the two non-exclusive use exceptions and the income limitation, citing
                          changes made to home office deduction under TRA ’97, and recognize the ability of self-employees to make annual deductible contributions to a Keogh plan.
                        • Identify the tax opportunities available to an unincorporated business including retirement plans, the hiring of family members, travel expenses, casualty losses, bad debts, and self-employment tax.
                        • Determine the uses and tax characteristics of regular and S corporations by:
                          1. Citing circumstances when incorporation is desirable,
                          2. Recognizing the taxation of these entities including their ability to split income; and
                          3. Specifying initial §351 formation and capitalization issues and identifying appropriate tax form filings for each entity.
                        • Recognize the use of partnerships to split income among partners including the use of §704(e) family partnerships and the consequences of gifting a partnership interest to a child or another family member.
                        • Identify the use of custodianship to split income specifying planning considerations and good investments for children, recognize deductions and credits for childcare, education, children, and §7872 loans, and specify the income
                          and later estate tax benefits of gifts
                        • Identify tax elimination techniques by:
                          1. Recognizing the current §121 home sale exclusion citing its differences with prior tax law
                          2. Determining qualifications for tax-free state or local obligations including private activity bonds; and
                          3. Specifying the tax elimination aspects of family transactions such as gifts, bequests, inheritances, life insurance, and even divorce.
                        • Recognize employer deductions as a means to increase tax-free incentive-based compensation for employees by:
                          1. Specifying rules for excluding fringe benefits under §132 and their proper reporting on the W-2; and
                          2. Identifying popular employee fringe benefits including employer-paid accident and health coverage, meals or lodging, cafeteria plan benefits, §127 education assistance, achievement awards, group life insurance, and dependent
                            care assistance.
                        • Determine how to value fringe benefits according to IRS regulations, identify how to comply with ERISA requirements, specify the proper reporting of reimbursed and unreimbursed business expenses under accountable and nonaccountable
                          plans, determine the substantiation of auto expenses using a fixed and variable rate, and specify eligible retirement benefits exempt from social security taxes.
                        • Identify the goals and purposes of asset protection recognizing the objections some people have about shielding assets from creditors by:
                          1. Citing reasons for asset protection and situations that can unexpectedly put assets and financial security at stake;
                          2. Specifying sources of lawsuits and the author's concept of exploding and imploding liability; and
                          3. Determining asset protection using the primary concepts of insurance, asset placement, and statutory protections.
                        • Recognize the importance of creditor types associated with asset protection and fraudulent transfers.
                        • Specify fraudulent transfer laws listing badges of fraud, define statutes of limitation, criminal penalties, and permissible asset transfers.
                        • Recognize the degree and necessity of asset protection using net worth and asset values on a balance sheet.
                        • Identify the ways that insurance and buy-sell agreements can offer asset protection by:
                          1. Citing the asset protection elements of homeowner's, automobile, and disability insurance;
                          2. Specifying the parties under a life insurance contract stating potential reasons for establishing an irrevocable life insurance trust, and
                          3. Determining what constitutes entity purchase and cross-purchase buy-sell agreements.
                        • Identify basic estate planning elements recognizing the importance of well-drafted legal documents and specify the key team participants including their roles in the estate planning process.
                        • Determine the major steps in the probate process, identify ways to make transfers outside the probate system including the use of a trust, specify estate tax techniques that save death taxes while retaining maximum control, and
                          identify estate-planning facts.
                        • Identify potential death taxes including federal estate tax as it applies to various size estates, specify the principal taxes that impact death taxation, and determine the expiration of the death tax credit.
                        • Determine what constitutes a taxable estate under §2501 specifying what assets are included in a gross estate using basic categories of property and transfers
                        • Determine the value of a decedent’s assets using permitted elections, recognize the use of Form 706 to pay any estate tax due, select the tax basis of estate assets stating how common transactions affect property basis under §1014
                        • Identify the various gift tax exclusions, specify the tax treatment of below-market loans, recall the gift tax marital deduction requirements, determine the tax consequences of giving various assets specifying factors to consider
                          when gifting, and recognize the use of Form 709 to compute and pay federal gift tax.
                        • Specify types of wills citing the functions a will can perform, identify types of bequests, determine the duties of executors and guardians, and recall ways to hold title and their tax ramifications.
                        • Identify advantages of a properly drafted will, determine the distribution flow of simple wills, and specify the pros and cons of probate proceedings
                        • Identify the relationship of parties in a trust, reasons to establish a trust, and types of trusts specifying their estate planning function.
                        • Specify recommended living trust provisions, identify the application of gift and the income tax including the use of a grantor trust and an unlimited marital deduction, and determine what constitutes an “A-B” and “A-B-C” trust
                          format.
                        • Identify the title-holding benefits of trusts, co-tenancy, partnerships, and limited liability companies and the tax characteristics of each, recognize the types of retirement plans used to provide lifetime benefits to a business
                          owner and employees, and specify the tax treatment of custodianships and a probate estate.
                        • Identify the tax treatment of life insurance proceeds by:
                          1. Determining the treatment of premiums for personally owned life insurance and related benefits and specifying exceptions to this treatment including the transfer for value rule;
                          2. Select variables that influence whether life insurance is taxable for federal estate tax purposes; and
                          3. Recalling the gift tax associated with the transfer of life insurance policies.
                        • Determine the pros and cons of life insurance policy types and specify estate tax planning reasons for establishing an irrevocable life insurance trust.
                        • Identify reasons why a business interest must be valued in an estate that is subject to federal estate tax, specify factors used to determine the net value of a business under the regulations, and recall the valuation factors in
                          R.R. 59-60 specifying their impact.
                        • Determine the tax consequences in leaving an estate to a surviving spouse, specify the elements of buy-sell agreements, stock redemptions, and stock recapitalizations to dispose of business interests before death, and identify
                          deferred compensation agreements recognizing their estate planning impact.
                        • Determine the benefits of an estate freeze and its ability to reduce the value of a business interest, identify transactions to which Chapter 14 rules apply and terminology used in the Chapter 14 valuation rule that applies to
                          corporations and partnerships, and specify exceptions to §2701.
                        • Recall the terms used in §2702 concerning transfers of interests in a trust, identify the application of the zero value rule to a transfer of an interest in a trust, and specify exceptions to §2702, determine the transfer of an
                          interest in the property when there are one or more term interests as a transfer of an interest in a trust, and specify the treatment of joint purchases.
                        • Recognize the requirements and exceptions of §2703 to ensure the property is valued appropriately, identify lapses as a transfer by gift or as includible in the decedent’s gross estate under §2704, recall the key terminology of
                          §2704 under the evaluation rules, specify the amount of the transfer stating which lapses or restrictions qualify as an applicable restriction.
                        • Identify tools that can allow patients to refuse treatment even when incompetent, determine Supplemental Security Income specifying how it relates to the elderly, and disability planning specifies the requirements that must be
                          met to receive disability benefits
                        • Determine post-mortem estate planning action in the face of funeral and administrative expenses using elections and disclaimers
                        • Cite the due dates of post-mortem federal forms, specify the filing requirements of a decedent’s estate tax return, and identify exceptions to the general rule of estate tax payment.
                        • Determine the processes and procedures necessary in the preparation and filing of Form 706
                        • Identify the filing requirements for estate income tax and decedent’s final income tax returns by:
                          1. Determining the estate income tax under available tax accounting methods and tax years; and
                          2. Specify the use of Form 1310 for a decedent or a joint return for a decedent and his or her surviving spouse.
                        • Identify how to avoid penalties when filing a gift tax return, recognize gift splitting to reduce gift taxes, and recall special gift applications and traps stating ways to avoid their tax consequences.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $139.00 each Add to cart

                        Concepts and Mechanics of Exchanges

                        • Credits: 14
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Taxes
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:  
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-02015-22-S | 6233-CE-0746 | DS-601.22
                        Published Date:*Updated June 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        While tax reform visions have changed the tax on profits realized from the disposition of real estate, investors still seek escape hatches from the capital gain tax. Tax-deferred exchanges permit the disposition of property often with
                        the taxpayer receiving significant cash but without the payment of any tax. Functionally, an exchange is a bridge over the normally taxable event of moving from one property to another. This course alerts the practitioner to the
                        different planning opportunities that surround exchanging. Participants will be able to identify, analyze, and handle effectively the complex tax problems that arise under 1031. This understanding will be directly applied to the
                        structuring and audit survival of multi-party and delayed exchanges.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Coronavirus Tax Summary (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-02005-22-S | 6233-CE-0734 | DS-423.22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The Families First Coronavirus Response Act was signed by President Trump on March 18, 2020. Later on March 27, 2020, he signed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act,  with a $2.2 trillion price tag. These
                        Acts have been supplemented by pronouncements from the Treasury Department and Internal Revenue Service. These emergency coronavirus provisions are intended to limit the spread of the pandemic, support relief efforts, and stabilize
                        the economy.

                        This course is an overview and summary of tax provisions contained in the above legislation and government pronouncements. It provides a reference to selected individual, business, retirement, employment, filing, and charitable tax
                        provisions adopted. The resulting major tax impact carries special meaning to the tax practitioner and returns preparer. The course is intended to be a resource for tax professionals and staff alike to gain easy access to the most
                        important major changes.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify permissible HSA payments, allowable FFCRA payroll tax credits and paid leave, postponement of tax filing and payment deadlines, the Stafford Act.
                        • Recognize the tax provisions of the CARES, CAA & ARPA Acts including recovery rebates, above-the-line charitable contributions, deferral of payroll tax, loan forgiveness, employee retention credits, remote medical services,
                          business losses, COBRA, and unemployment benefits.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $209.00 each Add to cart

                        Corporate Tax Planning

                        • Credits: 21
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01957-22-S | 6233-CE-0642 | DS-302.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This course examines and explains the practical aspects of using the closely held corporation to maximize after-tax return on business operations. Recent developments giving corporations a competitive edge over other entities are explored
                        and detailed. Practitioners are alerted to often missed fringe benefits, retirement planning opportunities, corporate business deductions, income splitting possibilities, and little-known estate planning techniques.

                        The program covers step-by-step tax procedures to form, operate, and ultimately dispose of a closely held corporation. Distinctions between S and C corporations will be unraveled and guidelines for client direction given.

                        Topics include:
                        • CHAPTER: 1 - Business Forms & Characteristics
                        • CHAPTER: 2 - Corporate Formation & Capitalization
                        • CHAPTER: 3 - Corporate Principals & Employees
                        • CHAPTER: 4 - Basic Fringe Benefits
                        • CHAPTER: 5 - Business Entertainment
                        • CHAPTER: 6 - Insurance
                        • CHAPTER: 7 - Retirement Plans
                        • CHAPTER: 8 - Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
                        • CHAPTER: 9 - S Corporations
                        • CHAPTER: 10 - Business Dispositions & Reorganizations

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Specify the advantages and disadvantages of sole proprietorships including self-employed taxes and payment requirements and identify the characterization of sole proprietorship assets upon disposition.
                        • Identify the reporting requirements of estates, trusts, and unincorporated associations, determine what constitutes a “corporation” for a subchapter S or regular corporation, specify the characteristics of a personal service corporation,
                          and recognize the repeal of the alternative minimum tax for regular corporations.
                        • Identify the transfer of money, property, or both by prospective shareholders and the basic requirements associated with §351.
                        • Specify the requirements for corporate charitable contributions, identify former §341 collapsible corporations, and determine how to avoid §541 status, particularly as to personal service contracts.
                        • Determine payroll taxes and the uses of Form 941, Form W-4, Form W-2, and Form W-3, specify the application of FICA and FUTA taxes and how to report them, and identify major employee labor laws.
                        • Identify a buy-sell agreement distinguishing an entity purchase from a cross-purchase agreement and recognize business recapitalizations and their potential uses.
                        • Identify basic fringe benefit planning by determining “income” under §61 and specifying the differences between former nonstatutory and current statutory fringe benefits.
                        • Determine “no-additional-cost services” and identify what property or services are excludable from income as qualified employee discounts under §132(c), specify exceptions to working condition fringes and de minimis fringes, recognize
                          a §74 “employee achievement award,” and cite the §79 group term life insurance rules.
                        • Identify employer-provided automobile valuation methods, determine what constitutes interest-free and below-market loans, specify the requirements and limitations of fringe benefits under §§217, 132, 67 212, 132(h)(5) and 280A,
                          cite S corporation fringe benefits, and specify ERISA compliance requirements.
                        • Define the key tax term “entertainment" and identify the pre-and post-2018 required §162 & §274 deductibility tests recognizing the importance of the remaining statutory exceptions for entertainment.
                        • Identify substantiation, recordkeeping, reimbursement, and reporting requirements recognizing variations in methods and determining how to itemize non-reimbursed employee expenses, and specify the special reporting rules for self-employed
                          persons and employers.
                        • Recognize the importance and variety of business insurance Identify the impact of the disallowance of the interest deduction on purchasers and the insurance industry recognizing the §264 interest 7 limitations on policy loans,
                          specify the benefit of corporate key person life insurance, citing the requirements of COBRA, and determine what constitutes a Voluntary Employee Benefit Association under §501(c)(9).
                        • Identify nonqualified and qualified deferred compensation plans recognizing their benefits and contribution limits and recall the current and deferred advantages and disadvantages of corporate plans including fiduciary responsibilities
                          and prohibited transactions.
                        • Determine the differences between defined contribution and defined benefit retirement plans and specify five types of defined contribution plans stating their impact on retirement benefits.
                        • Identify the requirements of IRAs, SEPs, and SIMPLEs, and define tax-free Roth IRA distributions specifying strategies to maximize plan benefits.
                        • Recognize the postponement of income with a nonqualified plan.
                        • Determine what constitutes an S corporation and specify the advantages and list disadvantages associated with them.
                        • Identify variables that impact whether a business can choose S corporation status.
                        • Cite ways an S corporation may be terminated specifying related procedures to be followed.
                        • Recognize various business disposition and reorganization possibilities.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Corporate Taxation (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01958-22-S | 6233-CE-0643 | DS-115.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This course examines and explains the basics of corporate taxation. The focus is on regular or C corporations, their formation, and operation under tax law. The advantages and disadvantages of corporations are examined; incorporation
                        and capitalization issues are discussed; and, basic tax rates and specialty taxes are reviewed. The tax treatment of operational expenses and deductions are outlined, and accounting periods and methods are explored. Finally, the
                        dangers of multiple corporations and corporate distributions are highlighted

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Recognize regular
                          corporation elements, specify their advantages and disadvantages specifying tax
                          treatment, and determine how to distinguish them from PSC corporations

                        • Identify §351
                          requirements for tax-free incorporation,
                          recognize the impact of the transfer of money, property, or both by prospective
                          shareholders, and determine the availability of §1244 for stock losses and §195
                          for amortization of start-up expenditures

                        • Recognize the
                          repeal of the corporate alternative minimum, specify the corporate tax
                          consequences of capital gains and losses, and recognize ways to avert the
                          accumulated earnings trap identifying the potential use of the accumulated
                          earnings credit

                        • Determine accounting
                          periods and methods available to corporations and specify the tax consequences of
                          liquidating property distributions

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        COVID-Related Tax Relief Act of 2021

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: MaryJane Hourani
                        Available Formats: 
                         
                         
                         
                         
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01866-22-S | 6233-CE-0580 | MJH-423.22-S
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This course will discuss the new tax provisions related to Economic Disaster Relief, Paycheck Protection Programs, and Forgiveness as well as the Employee Retention Credit.

                        Topics include:
                        • Loans and Grants
                        • PPP Loan Forgiveness
                        • Taxation of Loans and Grants
                        • Expense Restrictions of PPP Loans Forgiveness
                        • Casualty Loss Update

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Review the funding options provided under the CARES Act
                        • Differentiate between the loans and grants
                        • Discuss the loan forgiveness process
                        • Determine the taxation of loans and grants
                        • Understand the restrictions on expenses of the loans and the impact on Partner/Shareholder Basis
                        • Discuss changes to Employee Retention Credit under the COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020
                        • Review changes in Casualty Loss Rules


                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $179.00 each Add to cart

                        Dealing with Debt and Interest

                        • Credits: 18
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01959-22-S | 6233-CE-0644 | DS-303.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This course brings the practitioner up-to-date information on tax issues affecting interest and debt. It covers the definition of bona fide debt, the avoidance of equity and lease treatment, imputed interest rates, and debt modification.

                        The various types of interest and their required allocation are explored and reviewed. For the economically troubled client, special attention is devoted to debt cancellation, repossession, discounts, and foreclosure.

                        The program also discusses installment sales, equity participation debt, taxable interest, and bad debts.

                        Topics include:
                        • Indebtedness
                        • Deductible interest & mortgage interest
                        • Investment interest
                        • Nondeductible interest
                        • Personal interest & capitalized interest
                        • At-risk rules
                        • Passive activity limitations
                        • Below-market interest rate loans
                        • Imputed interest in sales
                        • Original issue discount (OID)

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identifying what constitutes bona fide debt considering economic substance and purpose and specifying how transactions with family members and controlled corporations can recharacterize alleged indebtedness into gift or business
                          equity and the factors used in this recharacterization; and
                        • Specify the incentives to use corporate debt instead of equity, recognize the special treatment of failed equity investment under §1244, and determine the differences among debt from installment sales, long-term and leveraged
                          leases, and annuities.
                        • Recognizing the allocation of interest-based on the debt’s purpose, the application of any carryover rules and determining net investment income and its relationship to the investment interest deduction; and
                        • Identifying the special tax treatment given to student loans, margin accounts, and market discount bonds specifying what happens to any disallowed interest expense and the timing considerations in interest reporting including interest
                          paid in advance.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Debt Selected Debt Related Issues (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        •  
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01960-22-S | 6233-CE-0645 | DS-308.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This mini-course brings the practitioner information on tax issues affecting interest and debt. The various types of interest and their required allocation are explored and reviewed. For the economically troubled client, special attention
                        is devoted to debt cancellation, repossession, discounts, and foreclosure. The program also discusses installment sales, taxable interest, and bad debts.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Determine
                          what constitutes “interest” specifying its key components, and identify whether
                          the various types of interest are tax-deductible or nondeductible
                        • Recognize how
                          to deduct interest that is paid or accrued during the tax year applying
                          different methods of accounting, specify the applicable federal rate, recognize
                          the effects of unstated interest on transactions, and cite the imputed interest
                          rules in the context of debt instruments

                        • Identify the
                          interest allocation rules and the allocation period for a loan, recognize the
                          difference between an allocation of loan proceeds that are deposited in an
                          account and the allocation of loan proceeds received in cash, and cite loan
                          repayments in the order they are deemed repaid

                        • Determine when
                          certain distributions commonly referred to as "dividends" are interest and the tax treatment of interest that is earned on such
                          items as income on frozen deposits and U.S. Savings Bonds

                        • Recognize an
                          installment sale transaction, determine what constitutes the installment
                          method, specify the parts of each payment on an installment sale, and cite the
                          related party sales rules of §453

                        • Identify exceptions
                          to the general income inclusion rule and their effect on a taxpayer, and
                          determine the different effects of nonrecourse indebtedness from the effects of
                          recourse indebtedness on foreclosure

                        • Specify bad
                          debt categories specifying the impact of nonbusiness bad debt recovery,
                          identify when a business deducts its bad debts from gross income, and recognize
                          which accounting method to apply to business bad debts.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $159.00 each Add to cart

                        Defensive Divorce

                        • Credits: 16
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        •  
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01961-22-S | 6233-CE-0646 | DS-350.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This course will teach participants how to apply, implement, and evaluate the strategic tax aspects of marital dissolutions and living together arrangements. Current perspectives on property transfers, asset divisions, alimony, filing
                        status, exemptions, and child support are examined with an emphasis on planning considerations. Property settlements, basis allocation, third-party transfers, and purchases between spouses are explored and analyzed. Special attention
                        is given to the division of business interests, retirement plans (including QDROs), insurance policies, and family residence.

                        Topics include:
                        • CHAPTER 1 - Basic Marital Tax Matters
                        • CHAPTER 2 - Transfers Incident to Divorce
                        • CHAPTER 3 - Alimony & Child Support
                        • CHAPTER 4 - Selected Marital Tax Issues Outside Divorce

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Specify multiple tax implications to consider when going through a divorce, and recognize the requirements and effects of filing as married or unmarried.
                        • Specify the position of U.S. v. Davis on interspousal transfers and the changes made by §1041, and identify the requirements of §1041 and the scope of its application.
                        • Determine “alimony” and “separate maintenance payments” under §71 and their pre- & post-2019 deduction or income treatment under §215.
                        • Determine the tax treatment of spousal travel including additional cost limitations and identify the benefits of husband and wife partnerships, particularly with regards to Social Security qualification

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Divorce Transfers and Settlements (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01962-22-S | 6233-CE-0647 | DS-118.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Participants will learn how to apply, implement, and evaluate the strategic tax aspects of marital dissolutions and living together arrangements. Current perspectives on property transfers and asset divisions are examined with an emphasis
                        on planning considerations. This mini-course reviews property settlements and other transfers incident to divorce. Basis allocation, third-party transfers, and purchases between spouses are also examined. Common pitfalls for the
                        unwary such as transfers in trust, installment notes, and purchases between spouses are analyzed. Application of these tax principles is exampled in selected asset divisions of the residence, business interests, insurance, and
                        pension benefits.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify the
                          various forms of marital property and how to proceed with a tax structured property
                          settlement stating the benefits of premarital agreements to avoid potential divorce
                          problems

                        • Recognize property
                          settlements under §1041 by:

                          • a. identifying its
                            application to interspousal and third party transfers,
                          • b. specifying the
                            factors that determine whether or not a property transfer is an incident to divorce under §1041

                          • c. determining property
                            basis for the transferor and transferee spouse under §1041

                        • Identify remedies
                          for the deferred tax pitfall of §1041 by:

                          • a. determining the deferred tax liability of interspousal purchases
                          • b. recognizing the tax deferral of
                            §1031 exchanges,

                          • c. specifying
                            the key elements of the home sale exclusion and stating their application

                          • d. recognizing benefit
                            distribution problems and the tax advantages of QDROs

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $39.00 each Add to cart

                        Earned Income Credit

                        • Credits: 5
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01919-22-S | 6233-CE-0685
                        Published Date:Jan 2022

                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The Earned Income Credit (EIC) is a refundable tax credit that has a significant impact on United States revenue and, in the 2019 tax year, amounted to almost $63 billion claimed by more than 25 million tax filers. 
                        In a recent year, 153.8 million individual federal tax returns were filed, and 19.6 million—12.7% of individual taxpayers—claimed the Earned Income Credit. Based on that percentage, it would not be unexpected that any tax return preparer will prepare the tax returns for many EIC claimants.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Apply the earned income credit rules to determine if a taxpayer is eligible for the tax credit;
                        • Identify the common errors committed in connection with the earned income credit;
                        • Describe the consequences of the IRS’ disallowance of the earned income credit; and
                        • Recognize the tax return preparer’s EIC due diligence requirements.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Tax Return Preparers (TRPs)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $39.00 each Add to cart

                        Earned Income Tax Credit Due Diligence

                        • Credits: 4
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01921-22-S | 6233-CE-0687
                        Published Date:Jan 2022

                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The Earned Income Credit (EIC) is a refundable tax credit that has a significant impact on United States revenue. It is also the source of a disproportionately large number of errors in tax returns in which a claim for it is made.
                        In a recent year, 150.3 million individual federal tax returns were filed, and more than 27.4 million—18.2% claimed the Earned Income Credit. Based on that percentage, it would not be unexpected that, in the years ahead, approximately
                        one taxpayer in every five will claim the EIC. Approximately 70% of federal income returns claiming the earned income credit are prepared by professional tax return preparers. This course briefly summarizes the earned income credit
                        rules, examines the common errors committed when claiming the credit, discusses the EIC due diligence requirements imposed on professional tax return preparers, and identifies the sanctions to which preparers and their employers
                        may be subject for a failure to meet expected due diligence requirements.

                        Topics include:
                        • Chapter 1 – Earned Income Credit Rules
                        • Chapter 2 – Due Diligence Requirements

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Recognize the earned income credit eligibility rules
                        • List the common errors committed in connection with claiming the earned income credit
                        • Describe the consequences for the taxpayer of the IRS’ disallowance of the earned income credit
                        • Identify the tax return preparer’s earned income credit due to diligence requirements
                        • List the sanctions that may be applied on a tax return preparer and his or her employer for a failure to meet due diligence  requirements

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $89.00 each Add to cart

                        Easy Update and Inflation Adjustments 2022/2021

                        • Credits: 9
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:  
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01963-22-S | 6233-CE-0712 | DS-201.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        This mini-course examines key individual, business, retirement, and estate tax provisions recently enacted or indexed for inflation in an overview format that is easy to reference. The emphasis is on quick access to major tax changes
                        having special meaning to the tax practitioner and return preparer. The course is a great resource and way for professionals and staff alike to easily get the “big chunks” and bring their professional knowledge up to speed.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Recognize the
                          various issues affected by inflation and recent tax law developments especially
                          as they relate to individual tax brackets, exemptions & deductions, the AMT,
                          the child tax credit, alimony,  HSAs,  education plans, and energy credits

                        • Determine the
                          key business tax issues affected by inflation adjustments and recent
                          legislative changes, including corporate tax rates, entertainment expenses, tax
                          credits & deductions, bonus depreciation, expensing, standard mileage
                          rates, employment taxation, repatriation of foreign income, small business
                          stock, partnership taxation, and excessive
                          compensation

                        • Specify
                          differences between various retirement plans, including inflation-adjusted contribution limits and phaseout limits, and determine
                          estate taxes by identifying trust income tax rates and determining applicable
                          exclusion amounts.

                        • Identify permissible
                          HSA payments, allowable FFCRA payroll tax credits and paid leave, postponement
                          of tax filing and payment deadlines, the Stafford Act.

                        • Recognize the
                          tax provisions of the CARES Act including recovery rebates, above-the-line
                          charitable contributions, deferral of payroll tax, business loan forgiveness,
                          employee retention credits, remote medical services, and unemployment benefits.

                        •  Identify the
                          pandemic and tax provisions of the CCA & ARPA Acts including fiscal
                          funding, credits, recovery rebates, deferral of payroll tax, loan forgiveness,
                          PPP loans, and tax extenders

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Economic Stimulus Federal Response to the Coronavirus Pandemic with ARPA

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01939-22-S | 6233-CE-0650
                        Published Date:Jan 2022

                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act), legislation designed to provide economic relief for those impacted by COVID19, became law. This course provides a general review of the principal
                        provisions of the CARES Act and of other federal tax-related stimulus legislation passed during 2020, including the Tax Relief Act of 2020 signed into law on December 27, 2020.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Apply the recovery rebate rules;
                        • Describe the provisions of the Paycheck Protection Program;
                        • Recognize the rules related to unemployment benefits under the Pandemic Unemployment Assistance program;
                        • Apply the provisions regarding expanded tax-favored use of retirement funds;
                        • Identify the changes to net operating loss (NOL) carryback rules;
                        • Apply the changes in charitable contribution rules;
                        • Describe the changes in health savings account (HSA) rules related to first-dollar payment for telehealth and COVID-19 testing and treatment;
                        • Apply the rule changes to qualified improvement property depreciation; and
                        • Recognize the rules related to miscellaneous provisions, including:
                        • Changes to the rules related to the business deduction of food and beverages,
                        • Changes to the CTC and EITC rules,
                        • Changes to the foreign income exclusion,
                        • Section 1031 exchange timing,
                        • Correction of the deductible period applicable to qualified improvement property,
                        • Modification of limitation on losses for non-corporate taxpayers,
                        • Changes to the limitation on business interest expense deductions,
                        • Exclusion of certain employer payments of student loans, and
                        • Expansion of economic injury disaster loans (EIDLs).
                        • Also included is the latest update in ARPA (American Rescue Plan Act)

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Tax Return Preparers (TRPs)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $69.00 each Add to cart

                        Education Tax Benefits

                        • Credits: 7
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                        Available Formats:
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01920-22-S | 6233-CE-0686
                        Published Date:Jan 2022

                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Few advantages are as sought after by parents for their children as an education that will enable them to grow professionally and enjoy the benefits such an education can help bestow. The federal government supports and encourages
                        its efforts to provide that education through various programs and income tax incentives. This course will examine the programs, credits, deductions, and federal income tax treatment of various items that affect saving for and
                        financing an individual’s education.

                        Topics include:
                        • Qualified tuition programs;
                        • Coverdell education savings accounts;
                        • The education savings bond program;
                        • Federal tax credits for education;
                        • The federal tax treatment of scholarships, fellowships, grants, and tuition reductions; and
                        • Deductions are available for student loan interest.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify the features and tax benefits of qualified tuition programs available under IRC §529;
                        • Recognize the limits and tax treatment of contributions to and distributions from a Coverdell education savings account (ESA);
                        • Identify the tax treatment of interest earned under qualified U.S. savings bonds used to pay certain education expenses;
                        • Apply the American opportunity and lifetime learning credit rules;
                        • Recognize the tax treatment given to scholarships, fellowships, and other types of educational assistance; and
                        • Apply the federal income tax rules applicable to student loan interest, student loan cancellations, and repayment assistance.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Tax Return Preparers (TRPs)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Education Tax Benefits (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:  
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01964-22-S | 6233-CE-0652 | DS-119.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Today taxpayers must plan for their children's education. Touching on various topics such as qualified tuition programs (QTPs), scholarships, and fellowships, this mini-course examines the tax treatment of costs related to education.
                        Practitioners will learn the ins and outs of the tax benefits concerning education and will be able to identify those educational expenses that are deductible. Additionally, financial planning strategies and techniques are outlined
                        to better prepare taxpayers for future educational costs.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify deductible education expenses and travel costs under the requirements of §162
                        • Determine the qualified credit amounts under the HOPE (“Ameri-can Opportunity”) Credit and the requirements of Coverdell education savings accounts
                        • Identify the deductible amount to claim for §221 student loan inter-est and recognize the permissible benefits of §529 qualified tuition programs
                        • Specify the tax-free benefits of §117 scholarships and fellowships and who is eligible for a §132 qualified tuition reduction
                        • Identify educational incentives and financial aid requirements to meet college funding needs

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $39.00 each Add to cart

                        Employee Compensation and Benefits (Mini)

                        • Credits: 4
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                        •  
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation.
                        Course ID:EWTFM-U-01965-22-S | 6233-CE-0653 | DS-214.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        The various ideas, methods, and techniques to optimize the overall compensation package for key employees and principals are examined in this mini-course. Generally, businesses may deduct employees’ pay including wages, salaries, and
                        other perks. Certain fringe benefits that can provide an unusually tax-favored manner of supplementing compensation are described and evaluated. In addition, equity participation is explored through stock sales, repurchase agreements,
                        incentive stock options, ESOTs, stock options, and bonuses. Finally, deferred compensation arrangements are investigated. The goal of this mini-course is to provide participants with a working knowledge of the types of compensation
                        necessary to structure a compensation package minimizing tax liabilities and cost.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify the
                          common-law rules used by the IRS to determine whether a person is an employee
                          for purposes of FICA, FUTA, and federal income tax withholding

                        • Recognize
                          employee and officer compensation deductibility factors and the related
                          employment taxes and reporting obligations to ensure compliance with
                          regulations

                        • Identify
                          fringe benefits specifying those that provide deductible incentive-based employee compensation

                        • Specify the
                          equity incentive opportunities available to employers showing the variety, tax
                          treatment, and use of stock plans

                        • Recognize the
                          use of deferred compensation agreements to attain compensation and retirement
                          objectives

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Entities and Title (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        •  
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 

                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General
                        understanding of federal income taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01966-22-S | 6233-CE-0654 | DS-215.22 
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Before launching into an estate planning program, it’s important to know who owns what and exactly for whom you are planning. This requires that methods of holding title must be analyzed, considered, and selected. Sole proprietorships, S corporations, C corporations, partnerships, and limited liability companies are analyzed as to the formation, operation, and ultimate disposition. Since who or what holds title imposes its unique tax and legal consequences on the estate plan, the emphasis is given to the maximization of tax benefits in each business format. While each has its separate characteristics, several may be used together in more sophisticated planning.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Specify the various types of corporations, identify S corporation rules and their tax advantages and disadvantages, cite the advantages and disadvantages of corporations relative to other types of entities, and determine how leasebacks to corporations work
                        • Identify the different types of joint ownership and how to use the benefits of partnerships, trusts, and limited liability companies to hold property
                        • Recognize the various retirement plans specifying how they can be used to provide substantial lifetime benefits to a business owner and employees

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $299.00 each Add to cart

                        Essential Legal Concepts with Tax Analysis

                        • Credits: 30
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01967-22-S | 6233-CE-0655 | DS-140.S-22
                        Published Date:Mar 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        While accounting and the practice of law are separate professions, the accountant must be conversant with essential legal concepts. Modern accounting practice requires familiarity with corporate legal structure, business entities,
                        partnership operations, contracts, property rights, employment law, divorce, consumer protection, will & trusts, and even bankruptcy law. This course explores these specific areas with an emphasis on business and accounting
                        issues. This informal and clear guide to the basic concepts of business law provides accountants with an excellent review of legal concepts that arise in any tax professional’s practice. The attendees will gain the ability to recognize
                        and discuss general legal concepts with both client and their counsel.

                        Knowledge is power and nowhere is that truer than in the field of law. To gain such a working knowledge of the law, readily understandable explanations are given to essential and related business law subjects. The accountant is guided
                        through the complex maze of literally hundreds of legal principles from acceptance to zoning.

                        Topics include:
                        • CHAPTER: 1 - Asset Protection
                        • CHAPTER: 2 - Alimony & Child Support
                        • CHAPTER: 3 - Bankruptcy
                        • CHAPTER: 4 - Divorce Settlements & Divisions
                        • CHAPTER: 5 - Employment
                        • CHAPTER: 6 - Entities & Title
                        • CHAPTER: 7 - Insurance
                        • CHAPTER: 8 - Property Dispositions
                        • CHAPTER: 9 - Retirement & Employee Benefits
                        • CHAPTER: 10 - Torts & Personal Injuries
                        • CHAPTER: 11 - Wills & Probate
                        • CHAPTER: 12 - Trusts

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify the goals and purposes of asset protection recognizing the objections some people have about shielding assets from creditors.
                        • Recognize the importance of creditor types associated with asset protection and fraudulent transfers.
                        • Recognize the asset protection advantages and disadvantages of ownership formats and entities.
                        • Determine “alimony” and “separate maintenance payments” under §§71 and 215.
                        • Specify the types of §71 “divorce or separation instruments” and determine how having an invalid decree, an amended instrument, or a premarital agreement impacts such an instrument.
                        • Identify the deduction of pre-2019 alimony paid and the reporting of alimony received on the proper forms with the required information.
                        • Recall the COBRA and qualified medical child support order rules to maximize the use of health care coverage plans.
                        • Determine how the 2005 Bankruptcy Act changed procedures, qualifications, and tax law, and identify the most common bankruptcy types and their influence on how an individual or business “goes bankrupt.”
                        • Specify the rules for automatic stay and levy along with their impact on “freezing” creditor activity, tax assessment, and collection.
                        • Identify the differences between preferential and nonpreferential payments together with the priority of creditor claims.
                        • Identify the formats that courts typically follow if a couple does not have a premarital agreement and post-nuptial and premarital agreements including how they relate to divorce settlements and divisions.
                        • Identify factors that determine when a property transfer is an incident to divorce and how to meet these factors or avoid §1041 altogether when desired and recognize the application of §1041 to transfers in trust under §1041(e)
                          and third-party transfers on behalf of a spouse or former spouse.
                        • Recognize the application of §1041 to property transfers where the transferee assumes liabilities encumbering the property, and identify with appropriate records the holding period for an asset transferred between spouses or former
                          spouses incident to divorce.
                        • Identify an overall tax and economic strategy for the division of pension benefits in a marital settlement.
                        • Specify common-law rules used to determine employee status for FICA and federal income tax withholding, determine FICA and FUTA taxes including their reporting, and identify unreasonable compensation issues.
                        • Recognize the mechanics of the Social Security system allowing better retirement planning.
                        • Determine Medicare Part A and Medicare Part B differences and what is needed to qualify, and identify the eligibility requirements of Social Security disability and survivors’ benefits.
                        • Identify tax and legal title formats recognizing the distinctions among these entity formats.
                        • Cite the S corporation requirements and tax advantages and disadvantages, particularly those associated with incorporating a farm.
                        • Specify the title-holding benefits of trusts, co-tenancy, partnerships, and limited liability companies and the tax characteristics of each, identify the types of retirement plans used to provide lifetime benefits to a business
                          owner and employees, determine how title can be held on behalf of minors and the tax treatment of custodianships, and specify the tax treatment of a probate estate.
                        • Identify characteristics of homeowner's, automobile, and disability insurance and what asset protection they may offer.
                        • Determine what constitutes an annuity and the types and characteristics of annuities along with their tax advantages and disadvantages.
                        • Identify capital gains rates with applicable assets using the "basket" approach.
                        • Recognize the installment method rules and regulations related to using this method.
                        • Determine gain or loss on foreclosure or repossession identifying reporting and filing requirements and the hidden income tax danger of directly or indirectly acquiring one's debt at a discount.
                        • Recognize the differences between personal property and real property repossessions, and identify when a bad debt deduction may be taken if the seller repossesses the real property.
                        • Recognize the importance of effectively designing a retirement plan following a multi-step program.
                        • Determine valuation methods for employer-provided automobiles, recognize interest-free and below-market loans, cite the requirements and limitations on several other fringe benefits under §§217, 132, 67 212, 132(h)(5) and 280A,
                          identify the limited S corporation fringe benefits, and specify ERISA compliance requirements.
                        • Identify types of tort and the remedies tort law provides.
                        • Specify types of wills and the functions a will can perform, identify types of bequests, determine the duties of executors and guardians, and recall ways to hold title and their tax ramifications.
                        • Identify the relationship of parties in a trust, reasons to establish a trust, and types of trusts along with their estate planning function.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Estate Planning (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:

                        General understanding of federal income taxation.

                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01968-22-S | 6233-CE-0656 | DS-216.22
                        Published Date:Feb 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Estate planning is when tomorrow becomes today! As a result of recent legislation, estate planning has been made surprisingly simple. This mini-course surveys wills, living trusts, gifts, insurance, marital property, and probate avoidance.
                        The will and trust forms are explored along with living wills, durable powers of attorney, and nominations of conservators.

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Recognize members of the estate planning team including their role in the estate administration process, specify the unlimited marital deduction requirements, cite the applicable exclusion amount, and identify the effects of stepped-up basis particularly, the repealed of modified carryover basis.
                        • Determine the limits of a simple will and the advantages and disadvantages of living trusts.
                        • Identify specialized estate planning tools and how they permit clients to pass more wealth and save death taxes, cite the uses of a durable power of attorney, and specify instances when a conservatorship is appropriate.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $99.00 each Add to cart

                        Estate Planning Essentials

                        • Credits: 10
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats: 
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Basic
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01969-22-S | 6233-CE-0657 | DS-304.22*
                        Published Date:*Updated June 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        "Just the facts ma'am; just the estate planning facts." Designed to give a quick overview of estate planning essentials, this course surveys wills, living trusts, gifts, marital property, and probate avoidance. Will and trust types
                        are examined in the context of general estate and gift taxation. Designed to eliminate estate problems and death taxes, the emphasis is on practical, cost-effective solutions.

                        Talk about having it all in an overview course - there is even a quick review of immediate postmortem death tax planning and filling out Form 706.

                        Topics include:
                        • CHAPTER 1 - Estate Planning
                        • CHAPTER 2 - Estate & Gift Taxes
                        • CHAPTER 3 - Wills & Probate
                        • CHAPTER 4 - Trusts
                        • CHAPTER 5 - Post-Mortem Planning & Tax Return Requirements

                        Learning Objectives:

                        After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                        • Identify basic estate planning elements recognizing the importance of well-drafted legal documents and specify the key team participants including their roles in the estate planning process.
                        • Determine the major steps in the probate process, identify ways to make transfers outside the probate system including the use of a trust, specify estate tax techniques that save death taxes while retaining maximum control, and
                          identify estate-planning facts.
                        • Identify potential death taxes including federal estate tax as it applies to various size estates, specify the principal taxes that impact death taxation, and determine the expiration of the death tax credit.
                        • Determine what constitutes a taxable estate under Section 2501 specifying what assets are included in a gross estate using basic categories of property and transfers.
                        • Specify estate deductions allowed under federal estate tax law stating their tax advantages and disadvantages.
                        • Determine the value of a decedent’s assets using permitted elections, recognize the use of Form 706 to pay any estate tax due, select the tax basis of estate assets stating how common transactions affect property basis under Section
                          1014.
                        • Recall the advantages of gift planning including estate reduction recognizing the impact of the GST, specify the steps to compute gift tax identifying the gift tax exclusion amount, and determine the value of gifts including those
                          that are split
                        • Identify the various gift tax exclusions, specify the tax treatment of below-market loans, recall the gift tax marital deduction requirements, determine the tax consequences of giving various assets specifying factors to consider
                          when gifting, and recognize the use of Form 709 to compute and pay federal gift tax.
                        • Specify types of wills citing the functions a will can perform, identify types of bequests, determine the duties of executors and guardians, and recall ways to hold title and their tax ramifications.
                        • Identify advantages of a properly drafted will, determine the distribution flow of simple wills, and specify the pros and cons of probate proceedings.
                        • Identify tax and legal title formats naming differences among these entity formats by:
                          • Specifying the advantages and disadvantages of holding property individually and through a sole proprietorship or a corporation stating how to avoid associated title pitfalls;
                          • Selecting primary groups of C corporations specifying the estate planning problems associated with each; and
                          • Recalling the advantages that partnerships can have over corporations.
                        • Determine S corporation rules stating tax advantages and disadvantages and also specify disadvantages and advantages of incorporating a farm.
                        • Identify title holding benefits of trusts, co-tenancy, partnerships, and limited liability companies and the tax characteristics of each.
                        • Specify types of retirement plans used to provide lifetime benefits to a business owner and employees, identify how title can be held on behalf of minors and the tax treatment of custodianships, and recall the tax treatment of
                          a probate estate.

                        Who Should Attend:
                        • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                        • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                        • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                        Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                        NASBA
                        IRS
                        CTEC
                        $19.00 each Add to cart

                        Estate Planning with Business Issues (Mini)

                        • Credits: 2
                        •  
                        • Format: Self-Study eBook
                        • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                        •  
                        • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                        Available Formats:  
                        Advanced Preparation:None
                        Experience Level:Overview
                        Program Prerequisites:General Understanding 
                        Course ID:EWTFM-T-01970-22-S | 6233-CE-0658 | DS-217.22
                        Published Date:Jan 2022
                        COURSE DESCRIPTION

                        Practitioners are brought up-to-date information on tax issues affecting estate planning and business issues. A major emphasis of this mini-course is practical estate planning solutions that are cost-effective. Devised to reduce or
                        eliminate estate problems and death taxes, this comprehensive guide examines wills, trusts, gifts, insurance, private annuities, and other general estate planning tools. The planning issues and problems that arise from owning a
                        business interest are also addressed

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Identify the unlimited marital deduction specifying its effect on the gross estate evaluation and the impact of stepped-up basis as they affect survivors and heirs, and recognize the benefits
                            of establishing even a simple will and its control over certain assets.
                          • Specify the primary ways to dispose of assets using trusts and annuities including the importance of family documents to manage assets.
                          • Recognize the starting point used to value a business’s tangible assets, cite the R.R. 59 -60 business valuation factors and the steps in R.R. 68-609’s valuation formula for intangible assets and goodwill stating the effect of
                            both rulings on the total value of a business, determine the adjustment caused by minority interests in a closely held business and their impact on the final evaluation.
                          • Identify ways to dispose of a business interest before death to family members while avoiding the provisions of the constructive ownership rules.
                          • Recognize deferred compensation agreements as a valuable estate planning tool and identify when to recommend the option of paying federal estate taxes in installments indicating the basis
                            of the election and its eligibility requirements.                         

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $199.00 each Add to cart

                          Estate Planning with Selected Issues

                          • Credits: 20
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                          •  
                          • Author/Speaker: Danny C. Santucci
                          Available Formats: 

                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Basic
                          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                          Course ID:EWTFM-T-01971-22-S | 6233-CE-0659 | DS-405.S-22
                          Published Date:Mar 2022
                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          Everyone needs to do estate planning. Whether a person is a business owner or an employee, young or retired, wealthy or poor, people should plan their estate. Even those without assets need to deal with old age, possible conservatorship,
                          health care directives, and funeral arrangements. Estate planning is for everyone. Since death is uncertain, everyone, young or old, should be ready for the contingency of death at any time. Even with the great advances in modern
                          medicine, not everyone is lucky enough to grow old gracefully. None of us can, with certainty, predict the timing of our deaths. In estate planning, tomorrow may instantly become today.

                          Estate planning is more than just planning for death. It includes building an estate during a lifetime, then seeing that those assets are protected in an estate that can be passed to the next generation. It allows you the opportunity
                          to control your success both during life and on death.

                          Topics include:
                          • Chapter 1Estate Planning
                          • Chapter 2Estate & Gift Taxes
                          • Chapter 3Wills & Probate
                          • Chapter 4Trusts
                          • Chapter 5Entities & Title
                          • Chapter 6Life Insurance, Annuities & Buy-sell Agreements
                          • Chapter 7Special Business Issues
                          • Chapter 8Estate Tax Freeze Rules
                          • Chapter 9Elderly & Disabled Planning
                          • Chapter 10Post-mortem Planning & Tax Return Requirements

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Identify basic estate planning elements recognizing the importance of well-drafted legal documents and specify the key team participants including their roles in the estate planning process. 
                          • Identify potential death taxes including federal estate tax as it applies to various size estates, specify the principal taxes that impact death taxation, and determine the expiration of the death tax credit. 
                          • Specify types of wills citing the functions a will can perform, identify types of bequests, determine the duties of executors and guardians, and recall ways to hold title and their tax ramifications.
                          • Identify the relationship of parties in a trust, reasons to establish a trust, and types of trusts specifying their estate planning function.
                          • Determine S corporation rules stating tax advantages and disadvantages and also specify disadvantages and advantages of incorporating a farm.
                          • Identify reasons for establishing an irrevocable life insurance trust to achieve estate tax planning advantage, specify considerations in establishing life insurance trusts, and determine the differences between deferred and private
                            annuities.

                          • Identify reasons why a business interest must be valued in an estate that is subject to federal estate tax, specify factors used to determine the net value of a business under the regulations, and recall the valuation factors in
                            R.R. 59-60 specifying their impact.
                          • Determine the benefits of an estate freeze and its ability to reduce the value of a business interest, identify transactions to which Chapter 14 rules apply and terminology used in the Chapter 14 valuation rule that applies to
                            corporations and partnerships, and specify exceptions to §2701.
                          • Cite the eldercare benefits of Medicare, Medicaid, and Supplemental Security Income, identify disadvantages of the Medicaid program stating how to divide income into asset groups, specify the dangers and benefits of gifting to
                            family members, including how individuals might use private insurance for catastrophic illness.
                          • Determine the processes and procedures necessary in the preparation and filing of Form 706.
                          • Determine total income to be included on the decedent’s final income tax return using available exemptions or deductions.

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $49.00 each Add to cart

                          Estate Tax Planning

                          • Credits: 5
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                          • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                          Available Formats:
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Overview
                          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                          Course ID:EWTFM-T-01935-22-S | 6233-CE-0660
                          Published Date:JAN 2022

                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          Estate Tax Planning examines the various aspects of planning for the estate tax liability. The course begins with a discussion of the genesis of estate taxation in English common law and continues with an examination of the estate
                          and its administration. The steps taken to calculate federal estate tax liability are discussed. In that discussion, the federal gross estate, tentative taxable estate, taxable estate, and tentative tax are examined. The various
                          estate tax credits and deductions are considered and their place in the federal estate tax calculation is explained.

                          The role of trust in estate tax minimization is considered. The common trusts employed in estate tax planning are explained, and the uses of credit shelter trusts, QTIP trusts, and irrevocable life insurance trusts are demonstrated.
                          State death taxes are considered, and inheritance taxes are compared to estate taxes with respect to the party liable for payment and the role of decedent/beneficiary relationships in inheritance taxation. Finally, the traditional
                          sources of estate tax payment are examined and compared.

                          Topics include:
                          • The Estate and its Administration
                          • Federal Gift and Estate Taxes
                          • Common Estate Planning Trusts
                          • State Death Taxes
                          • Estate Tax Payment
                          • The text serves as an introduction to the issues of estate settlement and includes a discussion of the probate estate and the federal gross estate.

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Explain the differences between an estate for tax purposes and a probate estate;
                          • Identify the assets that comprise the federal gross estate;
                          • Compare state inheritance taxes and estate taxes and the typical beneficiary classifications for state inheritance tax purposes;
                          • Explain how gifts are taxed under the federal gift tax system;
                          • List the deductions and credits allowed under the federal system of estate taxation;
                          • Describe the common trusts employed in estate tax planning;
                          • Perform an estate tax calculation; and
                          • Identify the methods of estate tax payment and their costly consequences.

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Tax Return Preparers (TRPs)

                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $19.00 each Add to cart

                          Estate Tools and Trust (Mini)

                          • Credits: 2
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                          • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                          Available Formats: 
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Overview
                          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding 
                          Course ID:EWTFM-T-01972-22-S | 6233-CE-0661 | DS-218.22
                          Published Date:Feb 2022
                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          Everyone needs to do estate planning. It is more than just planning for death. Estate planning is designing a program for effective wealth building, preservation, and disposition of property at the minimum possible tax cost. This exceptional
                          mini-course surveys wills, living trusts, gifts, marital property, and probate avoidance. Designed to eliminate estate problems and death taxes, the emphasis is on practical, cost-effective solutions. The text reviews and
                          explains both federal gift and estate tax systems giving practice pointers and planning observations.

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Identify the key participants and their roles in a coordinated estate plan and recognize the probate process including trust administration;
                          • Determine specialized estate planning tools recognizing the use of trusts and identify how such tools save death taxes and transfer wealth while accentuating asset control;
                          • Specify recommended trust provisions and requirements identifying how these terms and rules impact estate and trust taxation.

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $279.00 each Add to cart

                          Family Tax Planning

                          • Credits: 28
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                          • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                          Available Formats: 
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Basic
                          Program Prerequisites:General understanding of Federal Income Taxation.
                          Course ID:EWTFM-U-01973-22-S | 6233-CE-0662 | DS-305.S-22
                          Published Date:Mar 2022
                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          While the nuclear family remains the center point of society, today it is under tremendous economic and social pressure. This course is designed to cover “hot” topics having a direct impact on the practitioner who represents any client
                          with family issues. The emphasis is on using tax solutions to ease family economic concerns permitting the practitioner to be a real tax hero.

                          Topics include:
                          • Chapter 1Basic Marital Tax Matters
                          • Chapter 2Children
                          • Chapter 3Education
                          • Chapter 4Medical, Charitable & Casualty
                          • Chapter 5Home Sales & Moving Expenses
                          • Chapter 6Home Mortgage Interest
                          • Chapter 7Transfers Incident to Divorce
                          • Chapter 8Alimony & Child Support
                          • Chapter 9Financial Tax Planning
                          • Chapter 10Building an Estate
                          • Chapter 11Income Splitting
                          • Chapter 12Retirement Plans
                          • Chapter 13Distributions from Retirement Plans & IRAs
                          • Chapter 14Elderly & Disabled Planning
                          • Chapter 15Wills & Probate
                          • Chapter 16Estate Planning

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Determine how filing status affects taxpayers’ filing requirements, standard deductions, and correct tax.
                          • Identify the child tax credit list of the requirements for qualifying children and determine the tax treatment of earned and unearned income for children.
                          • Determine the differences between qualifying §162 deductible and nonqualifying education and specify education expense credits under §25A listing covered costs and fees.
                          • Identify deductible §213 medical care expenses for federal tax purposes.
                          • Determine the key elements of the §121 home sale exclusion and its application, and specify the safe harbor proration provisions associated with the home sale exclusion.
                          • Identify categories of mortgages and characteristics of secured debt that influence the deductibility of interest, determine what constitutes a “qualified home,” and specify special situations that affect qualified home mortgage
                            interest.
                          • Recognize the benefits of premarital agreements in avoiding potential divorce problems, determine elements of the Uniform Premarital Act, and list the provisions that are allowed in such agreements.
                          • Determine what constitutes “alimony” and “separate maintenance payments” under §71 and their deduction or income treatment under §215 before and after 2019, specify types of §71 “divorce or separation instruments” and identify
                            how having an invalid decree, an amended instrument, or a premarital agreement impacts such an instrument.
                          • Identify the alimony and child support provisions that currently apply with those that applied to instruments executed before 1985.
                          • Identify short-term financial goals and investment purposes, recognize the importance of defining realistic goals, and how investing allocation changes with age.
                          • Identify the goals of money management listing types of income to preserve cash more effectively.
                          • Identify the benefits and requirements of using a C or an S corporation specifying the taxation of these entities including their ability to split income, and determine family members in a §704(e) family partnership.
                          • Specify the requirements of IRAs, SEPs, and SIMPLEs, and recognize tax-free Roth IRA distributions listing strategies to maximize plan benefits.
                          • Identify popular ways to receive distributions from a retirement plan or an IRA, specify types of annuities and their effect on how and when participants receive payments, determine the tax on annuity payments using either the
                            general rule or the simplified general rule, and recognize lump-sum distributions and their special tax treatment.

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $19.00 each Add to cart

                          Family Tax Planning (Mini)

                          • Credits: 2
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                          • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                          Available Formats:  
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Overview
                          Program Prerequisites:General understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                          Course ID:EWTFM-T-01974-22-S | 6233-CE-0663 | DS-219.22
                          Published Date:Feb 2022
                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          While the nuclear family remains the center point of society, today it is under tremendous economic and social pressure. This mini-course is designed to cover “hot” topics having a direct impact on the practitioner who represents any
                          client with family issues. The emphasis is on using tax solutions to ease family economic concerns permitting the practitioner to be a real tax hero.

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Recognize the effect of marital status on filing status, identify the advisability of filing a joint return enlighten the innocent spouse rules, specify available exemptions, and determine the differences between deductible and nondeductible divorce costs.
                          • Identify the costs and fees that qualify for the tax credit for adoption expenses and education credits, such as the HOPE credit, and cite the requirements for dependent care assistance and the contribution limits for Coverdell
                            ESAs.
                          • Determine medical cost deductions available to individuals under §213, specify items qualifying as deductible §163 home mortgage interest, and recognize the taxation of §1041 interspousal transfers particularly as to property
                            settlements.

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $169.00 each Add to cart

                          Fast Track Retirement Planning

                          • Credits: 17
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                          • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                          Available Formats:  
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Basic
                          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                          Course ID:EWTFM-T-01975-22-S | 6233-CE-0664 | DS-307.S-22
                          Published Date:Mar 2022
                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          We are all (including tax practitioners) getting older, and the need for effective retirement planning has never been greater. This course is essential for participants who wish to attain a comfortable retirement for themselves and
                          their clients by maximizing tax-saving strategies. Retirement income needs are calculated; net after-tax Social Security benefits are determined, and distribution options from IRAs and retirement plans are explored. Special consideration
                          is given to the tax treatment of the home and business on retirement. Buy-sell agreements are discussed and eldercare planning is examined.

                          Topics include:
                          • Chapter 1How Much Do You Need To Retire?
                          • Chapter 2Social Security Benefits & Retirement Planning
                          • Chapter 3Retirement Plans
                          • Chapter 4Distributions from Retirement Plans
                          • Chapter 5Nonqualified Plans
                          • Chapter 6Life Insurance, Annuities & Buy-sell Agreement
                          • Chapter 7Home Sales & Moving Expenses
                          • Chapter 8Estate Planning

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Recognize the importance of personal retirement maps to suit client objectives and lifestyles and summarize the basic guidelines of retirement planning, including common pitfalls and misconceptions of retirement.
                          • Determine retirement using the major levels of retirement and key questions that have financial and personal ramifications.
                          • Identify retirement costs and income needs of clients based on their current budget, recognize tax savings strategies and identify guidelines when purchasing investment assets.
                          • Determine how Social Security funds are assessed and then paid, specify the system’s mechanics, and select qualified Social Security participants determining their benefit eligibility.
                          • Identify the requirements to receive Social Security retirement benefits, and determine clients’ retirement benefits following a multistep calculation process.
                          • Recognize Social Security taxes, their tax rates, and covered earnings allowing better retirement planning.
                          • Specify the eligibility requirements of Social Security disability benefits and survivors’ benefits, and determine what constitutes Medicare Part A and Medicare Part B recognizing their qualifications.
                          • Identify nonqualified and qualified deferred compensation plans specifying their benefits and contributions limits and recognize the current and deferred advantages and disadvantages of corporate plans including fiduciary responsibilities
                            and prohibited transactions.
                          • Specify the requirements of the basic forms of qualified pension plans.
                          • Determine the differences between defined contribution and defined benefit retirement plans and specify several types of defined contribution plans recognizing their impact on retirement benefits.
                          • Recognize self-employed plans from qualified plans for other business types and owners.
                          • Identify the requirements of IRAs, SEPs, SIMPLEs, and tax-free Roth IRA distributions specifying strategies to maximize plan benefits.
                          • Specify the tax consequences of taking premature distributions stating how to avoid the 10% penalty.
                          • Identify the minimum distribution rules and ways to avoid the 50% penalty associated with either taking smaller distributions than required or with taking distributions after the required beginning date for minimum distributions.
                          • Identify the setup of a segregated asset plan where the account is not subject to the claims of the employer’s creditors and still avoids employee taxation and specify the tax consequences of establishing a nonqualified plan.
                          • Specify the reasons for using an irrevocable life insurance trust in an estate plan identifying trust consideration and the differences between deferred and private annuities.
                          • Determine what constitutes entity purchase and cross-purchase buy-sell agreements recognizing tax and legal advantages.
                          • Recognize the key elements and application of the Section 121 home sale exclusion and identify safe harbor regulations associated with the home sale exclusion.
                          • Identify when a taxpayer meets distance and time tests for pre-2018 deductible moving expenses under Section 217.

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $29.00 each Add to cart

                          Fast Track Retirement Planning (Mini)

                          • Credits: 3
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                          • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                          Available Formats:  
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Overview
                          Program Prerequisites:

                          General understanding of federal income taxation

                          Course ID:EWTFM-T-01976-22-S | 6233-CE-0665 | DS-220.22
                          Published Date:Feb 2022
                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          We are all (including tax practitioners) getting older, and the need for effective retirement planning has never been greater. This mini-course is essential for participants who wish to attain a comfortable retirement for themselves
                          and their clients by maximizing tax-saving strategies. Retirement income needs are analyzed; Social Security benefits are determined, and distribution options from IRAs and retirement plans are explored.

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Identify the basic guidelines of retirement planning recognize the ten misconceptions of retirement and specify retirement based on key questions. 
                          • Determine retirement costs and income needs of clients based on their current budget, select tax savings strategies, and identify basic guidelines to use when purchasing assets to attain financial independence. 
                          • Recall the qualifications for Social Security retirement & disability benefits, specify a client’s retirement benefits, and determine the difference between Medicare Part A and Medicare Part B.
                          • Identify basic types of qualified corporate plans and other sources of retirement income such as SIMPLE plans and individual retirement accounts.
                          • Determine the difference between annuity payments and lump-sum distributions, specify key components of rollovers, premature distributions & required distributions, and identify nonqualified deferred compensation.  
                          • Cite the benefits, uses, and types of life insurance, and specify how three basic estate planning tools can be incorporated into tax practice.

                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $19.00 each Add to cart

                          FBAR Filing What? Who? Steps

                          • Credits: 2
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                          • Author/Speaker: Jean Mammen
                          Available Formats: 
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Basic
                          Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Taxes
                          Course ID:EWTFM-T-01891-22-S | 6233-CE-0666 | JM-510.22-S
                          Published Date:Mar 2022
                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          Today many people live or work outside their home country. Their tax and reporting situations can be complex. For legitimate reasons or not-so-legitimate reasons, U.S. persons - citizens or residents, or entities - may have foreign
                          bank and financial accounts or interests. And they may be required to report the foreign accounts to the U.S. Treasury, whether or not they must file a U.S. tax return. This course provides tax professionals with the know-how to
                          help U.S. persons, citizens, residents, and entities, to carry out their filing obligations and avoid potentially severe financial penalties.

                          Topics include:
                          • Preparing and filing the FBAR, as well as the knowledge required for the IRS Special Enrollment Examination (SEE).

                          Learning Objectives:

                          After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                          • Identify persons who might have an FBAR report filing requirement.
                          • Determine who does meet the FBAR report requirement.
                          • Assist clients in any required filing, or, file as the authorized representative.
                          • Ensure that all clients with a potential FBAR report requirement correctly determine whether or not they meet the required threshold understand what data must be gathered, assessed, and entered.
                          • Understand the high potential penalties if a required FBAR report is not filed.


                          Who Should Attend:
                          • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                          • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                          • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                          Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                          NASBA
                          IRS
                          CTEC
                          $89.00 each Add to cart

                          Federal Income Tax Changes 2022

                          • Credits: 9
                          •  
                          • Format: Self-Study eBook
                          • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                          • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                          Available Formats: 
                          Advanced Preparation:None
                          Experience Level:Overview
                          Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes 
                          Course ID:EWTFM-U-01923-22-S | 6233-CE-0689
                          Published Date:Jan 2022

                          COURSE DESCRIPTION

                          Each year, various limits affect income tax preparation and planning change. Some changes commonly occur each year as a result of inflation indexing, while others occur because of new legislation or the sunsetting of existing law.
                          This course will examine the tax changes affecting 2022 as a result of the passage of the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019 (SECURE Act), the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES
                          Act), the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) and the inflation-changed limits effective for 2022 that are more significant from the perspective of an income tax preparer. Some context will be supplied, as appropriate, to assist readers
                          in understanding the changes.

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • List the 2022 changes in various amounts including:
                              • Standard mileage rates
                              • Standard deduction
                              • AMT exemption amount
                              • Limits related to income from U.S. Savings Bonds for taxpayers paying higher education expenses
                              • Deductions for qualified long-term care insurance premiums
                            • Identify the 2022 tax credit changes affecting:
                              • Saver’s credit
                              • Earned income credit
                              • Adoption credit
                              • Recognize the 2022 changes affecting
                              • Health Savings Account (HSA) and Archer Medical Savings Accounts (MSA)requirements and contribution limits
                              • Roth IRA eligibility
                              • Traditional IRA contribution deductibility for active participants in employer-sponsored qualified plans
                            • List the changes effective for 2022 concerning:
                              • Small employer premium tax credit
                              • The applicable large employer mandate
                            • Describe the principal American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) provisions affecting taxpayers in 2022.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $19.00 each Add to cart

                            Financial Planning Exploring Tax Strategies (Mini)

                            • Credits: 2
                            •  
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                            Available Formats:  
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Overview
                            Program Prerequisites:Basic Understanding of Taxes
                            Course ID:EWTFM-T-01946-22-S | 6233-CE-0668 | DS-204.22
                            Published Date:Feb 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            This mini-course integrates federal taxation with overall financial planning. The course explores tax strategies relating to the central financial tactics of wealth building, capital preservation, and estate distribution. The result
                            is a unified explanation of tax economics that will permit the tax professional to locate, analyze, and solve financial concerns. Designed to improve the quality of services to clients and the profitability of engagements, this
                            program projects the accountant into the world of financial planning.

                            Topics include:
                            • Comparing goals and purposes
                            • Investment goals and retirement planning
                            • Building an estate
                            • Section 1031 “like-kind” exchanges
                            • Retirement plans
                            • Tax credits and estimated taxes
                            • Basic deductions
                            • Income splitting
                            • Elimination
                            • Fringe benefits

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • Identify investment purposes and retirement misconceptions, the multi-step retirement process, and the elements of investment planning
                            • Determine income types, from a tax perspective, to be budgeted into cash so that income-producing assets can be acquired and managed for an effective investment plan.
                            • Recognize the means of achieving tax deferral recognizing like-kind exchanges, retirement plans, and installment sales, and specify the double financial benefit of exchanging through tax postponement and possible tax elimination.
                            • Determine how to use tax credits, estimated taxes, and basic deductions to effectively reduce federal income tax and thereby increase discretionary income for investment purposes.
                            • Specify formats for income splitting that can benefit taxpayers by lowering overall taxes as a unit and permitting wealth and tax allocation among individuals or entities.
                            • Identify the tax benefits of the $500,000 home sales exclusion, municipal bonds, divorce and separation settlements, gifts and inheritances, life insurance, fringe benefits, and Social Security to eliminate tax on the realized gain
                              and ordinary income.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Tax Return Preparers (TRPs)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $189.00 each Add to cart

                            Getting Cash Out of Your Business

                            • Credits: 19
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                            Available Formats:
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Basic
                            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxation
                            Course ID:EWTFM-T-01977-22-S | 6233-CE-0670 | DS-133.S-22
                            Published Date:Mar 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            This course examines the various ideas, methods, and techniques capable of optimizing the overall compensation package for key employees and principals in small to medium-sized businesses. Qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation, benefit targeting, insurance programs, statutory fringe benefits, interest-free loans, and investment planning are investigated. Effective pay plans essential to attract, motivate and retain key people are defined and evaluated.

                            Consideration is given to indirect compensation in the form of business entertainment, expense accounts, auto use, travel, and transportation. Equity participation is explored through stock sales, repurchase agreements, incentive stock options, ESOTs, stock options, and bonuses. The new field of professional services is probed to provide tax, financial, and estate planning to the key executive.

                            Topics include:
                            • Tax Economics
                            • Business Planning
                            • Deferred Compensation Plans
                            • Basic Fringe Benefits
                            • Business Entertainment
                            • Business Travel and Transportation
                            • Insurance
                            • Equity Participation
                            • Estate Planning

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • Identify financial and tax income types and how cash management is used to acquire and operate assets, specify changes recently made to taxable income, determine how the passive loss rules categorize income and identify income splitting formats that can reduce tax.
                            • Recognize basic cash management techniques and how to generate tax-free income, identify ways to defer income, and specify techniques to shelter income.
                            • Determine the importance of budgeting and rules to budget effectively, specify several cash usages, recognize financial acquisition guidelines for tax-advantaged investments, and specify multiple asset management rules.
                            • Identify economic and tax trends particularly recent capital gain complexity and rate “baskets” and their varying taxation, recognize Section 469 “buckets” of income and loss that influence what a taxpayer can deduct against other income.
                            • Specify several ways to defer income and accelerate deductions, thereby expanding business cash flow and planning opportunities.
                            • Identify defined contribution and defined benefit plans, specify the differences among the types of defined contribution plans, and recognize their effect on retirement benefits.
                            • Identify the rules for excluding the value of meals and lodging under Section 119, and “cafeteria plans” and how they operate.
                            • Recognize the requirements and limits of employee educational assistance programs and dependent care assistance and how to obtain each type of assistance.
                            • Identify tax definition of entertainment, recognize the former tests for pre-2018 entertainment expenses to be deducted, determine the importance of the statutory exceptions and the percentage reduction restriction for meals and entertainment and, specify the former 2% floor on miscellaneous itemized deductions.
                            • Determine what constitutes an “entertainment facility,” identify substantiation, recordkeeping, reimbursement, reporting requirements, and variations in methods, specify how to itemize non-reimbursed employee expenses, and identify the special reporting rules for self-employed persons and employers.
                            • Identify deductible meals, lodging, conventions, and meetings and related necessary compliance issues, specify the special requirements for cruises, determine the treatment of luxury water travel, recognize auto usage as a component of travel, cite the requirements for family member travel expenses and recognize the interplay of the "no additional cost" rule to ensure taxpayer compliance with Section 274.
                            • Recognize the business and tax importance of available business insurance including the broad spectrum of company-paid insurance, Section 79 group term life, retired lives reserve, split-dollar, former death benefit plans, business travel, disability, medical, and dental specifying permitted coverage and tax treatment.
                            • Determine tax-advantaged entity purchase and cross-purchase agreements, recognize the importance of funding a buy-sell agreement, and determine the value of the closely-held stock.
                            • Identify estate planning for business clients and the elements of estate tax planning that have remained unchanged by recent legislation, recognize the unlimited marital deduction including its effect on the gross estate of the value of the property, and specify the applicable exclusion amounts for various years of death.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $29.00 each Add to cart

                            Getting Cash Out of Your Business (Mini)

                            • Credits: 3
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                            Available Formats:
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Overview
                            Program Prerequisites:General understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                            Course ID:EWTFM-T-01978-22-S | 6233-CE-0671 | DS-122.22
                            Published Date:Feb 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            This mini-course examines the various ideas, methods, and techniques capable of optimizing the overall compensation package for key employees and principals in small to medium-sized businesses. Qualified and non-qualified deferred
                            compensation, benefit targeting, insurance programs, statutory fringe benefits, interest-free loans, and investment planning are investigated. Consideration is given to indirect compensation in the form of business entertainment,
                            expense accounts, auto use, travel, and transportation. The new field of professional services is probed to provide tax, financial, and estate planning to the key executive.

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            1. Identify types of income, from a financial and tax perspective, to be budgeted into cash so that income-producing assets can be acquired and managed for an effective investment plan.
                            2. Determine compensation to maximize the net dollar return using strategies that involve all aspects of how the client relates to the company for which they may be an owner, employee, or both.
                            3. Specify the differences between qualified deferred compensation plans and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and recognize defined contribution plans from defined benefit plans identifying the characteristics of each so that business owners may choose the most suitable plan to accomplish their financial and worker incentive objectives.
                            4. Recognize the scope and variety of excluded fringe benefits including tax treatment, operational details, and level of incentive-based compensation.
                            5. Identify the disallowance of entertainment expenses, determine the tax treatment of reimbursements paid under accountable and unaccountable plans, and recognize deductible travel expenses undertaken for business.
                            6. Specify types of insurance that a company can provide its employees, define the various types of equity participation available from which companies may choose, and identify the basic types of buy-sell agreements.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $349.00 each Add to cart

                            Guide to Federal Corporate and Individual Taxation

                            • Credits: 35
                            •  
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Update
                            • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                            Available Formats:
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Basic
                            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                            Course ID:EWTFM-U-01979-22-S |  6233-CE-0672 | DS-131.S-22
                            Published Date:Mar 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            Designed to make the practitioner comfortable with “high traffic” issues, this program enables participants to discuss and handle business/personal tax essentials.

                            The course examines and explains the practical aspects of individual & corporate planning, bridging the gap between theory and application. Significant new developments are summarized with emphasis on tax savings ideas.

                            This course examines and explains the practical aspects of using the closely held corporation to maximize after-tax return on business operations. Recent developments giving corporations a competitive edge over other entities are explored
                            and detailed. Practitioners are alerted to often missed fringe benefits, retirement planning opportunities, corporate business deductions, income splitting possibilities, and little-known estate planning techniques.

                            Topics include:
                            • Chapter 1 Individual Tax Elements
                            • Chapter 2 Property Transfers & Retirement Plans
                            • Chapter 3 Losses, AMT & Compliance
                            • Chapter 4 Business Forms & Characteristics
                            • Chapter 5 Corporate Formation & Capitalization
                            • Chapter 6 Corporate Principals & Employees
                            • Chapter 7 Basic Fringe Benefits
                            • Chapter 8 Business Entertainment
                            • Chapter 9 Insurance
                            • Chapter 10 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
                            • Chapter 11 S Corporations
                            • Chapter 12 Business Dispositions & Reorganizations

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • Identify federal revenue tax sources citing the definitive role of gross income and, determine a client’s tax liability using current rates, tables, exemptions, and statutory amounts, and their withholding and/or estimated tax
                              responsibility.
                            • Specify the differences among property sales, exchanges of property, and sales of easements, and determine capital gain and ordinary income tax treatment in property sales.
                            • Identify basic income types and the “buckets” of income and loss under §469 that can influence what can be deducted, determine the suspension of disallowed passive losses, and recognize the special rules for transfers deemed not
                              to be fully taxable dispositions.
                            • Specify the advantages and disadvantages of sole proprietorships including self-employed taxes and payment requirements and identify the characterization of sole proprietorship assets upon disposition.
                            • Identify the transfer of money, property, or both by prospective shareholders and the basic requirements associated with §351.
                            • Determine payroll taxes and the uses of Form 941, Form W-4, Form W-2, and Form W-3, specify the application of FICA and FUTA taxes and how to report them, and identify major employee labor laws.
                            • Identify basic fringe benefit planning by determining “income” under §61 and specifying the differences between former nonstatutory and current statutory fringe benefits.
                            • Define the key tax term “entertainment" and identify the pre-and post-2018 required §162 & §274 deductibility tests recognizing the importance of the remaining statutory exceptions for entertainment.
                            • Identify the impact of the disallowance of the interest deduction on purchasers and the insurance industry recognizing the §264 interest limitation on policy loans, specify the benefit of corporate key person life insurance, citing
                              the requirements of COBRA, and determine what constitutes a Voluntary Employee Benefit Association under §501(c)(9).
                            • Specifying a reorganization under §368(a)(1) recognizing the types of transactions that qualify as non-taxable reorganizations

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $59.00 each Add to cart

                            Healthcare Reform The Affordable Care Act Tax Provisions

                            • Credits: 6
                            •  
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                            Available Formats: 
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Overview
                            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                            Course ID:EWTFM-T-01924-22-S | 6233-CE-0696
                            Published Date:Jan 2022

                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            The landmark legislation known as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA), signed into law in 2010, affects a wide range of institutions in the United States in some way. It imposes healthcare-related requirements on health plans, health insurers and employers.  

                            In addition to imposing various tax increases to increase revenue, the PPACA uses a carrot and stick approach to ensure compliance with its provisions, offering tax credits for compliance and imposing tax penalties for non-compliance. This course will review the principal provisions of the law and will examine its tax impact on individuals and businesses.

                            In so doing, it will consider the:

                            • Coverage-related provisions of the PPACA addressing
                              • Plan grandfathering pursuant to which health coverage in force at the time of the law's passage may be continued
                              • The prohibition of pre-existing condition exclusions
                              • The proscription of a lifetime and annual benefit limits
                              • The limitation of health coverage rescissions
                              • The requirement for certain patient protections
                              • The requirement that plans to cover children extend child coverage until age 26
                            • Tax credits are available to small businesses to encourage them to sponsor employee health plans
                            • Shared responsibility for certain large employers to provide employee health coverage and the tax penalties imposed for noncompliance
                            • Various personal income tax changes affect taxpayers
                            • Tax credits are authorized to help individuals maintain minimum essential coverage.

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • List the principal healthcare provisions of the PPACA
                            • Identify the tax credits for which small businesses may be eligible when sponsoring employee health plans
                            • Recognize the shared responsibility requirements for applicable large employers regarding employee health coverage
                            • Compute the tax penalties imposed under the PPACA for a large employer’s failure to meet the applicable shared responsibility requirements; and
                            • Calculate the tax credits designed to help ensure that individuals are able to maintain minimum essential coverage.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $29.00 each Add to cart

                            Home Office Deductions

                            • Credits: 5
                            •  
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                            Available Formats: 
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Overview
                            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxes
                            Course ID:EWTFM-T-01925-22-S | 6233-CE-0690
                            Published Date:Jan 2022

                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            Each year the U.S. Census Bureau publishes what it refers to as nonemployer statistics  that may provide information about the increased importance of the business use of taxpayers’ homes. A “nonemployer,” for purposes of the statistics, is defined as a business that has no paid employees, has annual business receipts of at least $1,000 and is subject to federal income taxes. These nonemployers may be organized as corporations, partnerships or sole proprietorships. Because they have no paid employees, nonemployers are more likely than others to operate their businesses from their homes and seek a home office tax deduction.

                            The data supplied on nonemployers show a generally increasing number of these businesses, from a total of 19.5 million in 2004 to 26.5 million in 2018. Although they have no paid employees, they account for significant receipts. In 2004 they produced receipts of $887 billion; by 2018, those receipts had grown to $1.3 trillion . Clearly, the likelihood that any tax return preparer will be required to prepare a taxpayer’s tax return with a home office deduction is significant and is becoming more likely each year.

                            This course will examine the federal income tax deduction for business use of a home and will discuss:

                            Topics include:
                            • Qualifying for a home office tax deduction;
                            • Determining a taxpayer’s home office deduction using the actual expense and simplified methods
                            • The special home-office deduction rules that apply to daycare facilities
                            • The taxpayer’s home-office deduction recordkeeping requirements; and
                            • Where to take the deduction and the forms a tax preparer must use in connection with it.

                            Learning Objectives:

                            Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:

                            • Apply the home-office deduction qualification rules
                            • Identify the types of home office use to which the exclusive use requirement does not apply
                            • Describe the various types of taxpayer expenses that may be used to support a deduction for business use of a home
                            • Apply the rules applicable to the simplified method of figuring the home-office deduction
                            • Identify the tax forms on which a home-office deduction should be taken
                            • Recognize the recordkeeping requirements applicable to documents supporting a taxpayer’s home-office deduction

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorship’s:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $19.00 each Add to cart

                            Inflation Reduction Act

                            • Credits: 2
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            •  
                            • Author/Speaker: Paul Winn
                            Available Formats:  
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Basic 
                            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Taxation
                            Course ID:PW-828.22 | EWTFM-T-02020-22-S | 6233-CE-0753
                            Published Date:October 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA), legislation designed in large part to lower consumer energy costs and provide economic incentives to reduce the human impact on climate change, became law. Among other provisions,
                            the new law provides multiple tax incentives for taxpayers to:

                            • Make energy-efficient home improvements
                            • Purchase electric vehicles; and
                            • Afford health insurance coverage.

                            This course addresses the provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act most likely to be of interest to tax preparers. In so doing, it examines the tax credits available for energy-efficient home improvements, for the purchase of new and used electric vehicles, for electric car charging and natural gas-powered car fueling devices, and for clean energy generation. In addition, it discusses the expanded health insurance premium tax credits and the extension of the limitation of noncorporate taxpayer excess business losses. 

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                              • Calculate the tax credits available for taxpayers’ energy-efficient home improvements;
                              • Describe the tax credits available for the purchase of electric vehicles;
                              • Recognize the requirements and tax rules applicable to electric vehicle tax credits;
                              • Identify rules and limitations applicable to the qualified refueling property credit;
                              • List the clean energy and efficiency incentives;
                              • Apply the rules applicable to the expanded health insurance premium tax credit; and
                              • Recognize the limitation of noncorporate taxpayer excess business losses.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $19.00 each Add to cart

                            Inflation Reduction Act Summary

                            • Credits: 2
                            •  
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            •  
                            • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                            Available Formats: 
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Basic
                            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding of Federal Income Taxation
                            Course ID:DS-602.23 | 6233-CE-0749 | EWTFM-T-02017-22-S
                            Published Date:September 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            For most of 2022, it was doubtful that Congress would enact any tax legislation. However, Democrats were finally able to negotiate and pass the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) in August 2022. This course summarizes the tax legislation embodied in the IRA permitting students to advise clients on how these changes can impact tax planning.

                            This course is an overview providing reference to selected individual, business, and corporate tax provisions enacted, extended, or modified by the IRA. The resulting major tax changes carry special meaning to the tax practitioner and return preparer. The course emphasizes a general overview of energy tax credits and incentives, taxes and fees on fossil fuel, major features of the reinstated corporate AMT, electric vehicles, stock repurchases, and selected non-tax aspects of the legislation.

                            The course is intended to be a resource for tax professionals and staff alike to gain easy access to the most important major changes enacted by the IRA.

                            Topics include:
                            • Electric vehicle credit modifications and changes
                            • Home & residential tax credits, deductions &
                              exclusions

                            • Research credit against payroll tax
                            • Limitation on excess business loss
                            • Repurchase of corporate stock
                            • Corporate alternative minimum tax
                            • Selected non-tax provisions
                            • Renewable energy credits & incentives

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • Apply changes
                              imposed by the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) relating to credits allowed for
                              the individual acquisition of qualified electric vehicles and energy-efficient
                              home improvements and property.

                            • Recognize a wide spectrum of renewable energy
                              credits and the application of the prevailing wage and apprenticeship
                              requirements.

                            • Specify key IRA
                              business and Medicare provisions, including energy-efficient buildings, corporate
                              AMT, loss limits, and drug reforms.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $19.00 each Add to cart

                            Installment Sales (Mini)

                            • Credits: 2
                            •  
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                            Available Formats:
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Overview
                            Program Prerequisites:General Understanding 
                            Course ID:EWTFM-T-01980-22-S | 6233-CE-0675 | DS-135.22
                            Published Date:Feb 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            An installment sale is a sale of property where one or more payments are received after the close of the tax year. This mini-course discusses the particulars of installment sales, including requirements, calculations, and pitfalls.
                            Cross issues such as a combined installment sale and like-kind exchange, the impact of related parties, pledging, repossession, and contingent payments are reviewed. Also, the importance of recognizing the dangers of dealer status,
                            inventory, purchase price allocation, and installment note disposition is emphasized.

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • Recognize the importance, particularly in a tax deferral, of the installment method and, identify §453 requirements and installment method terminology.
                            • Specify the imputed interest, OID, and §1038 repossession rules affecting installment sales and subsequent repossessions.
                            • Identify the following §453 pitfalls and complexities:  the related par-ty limitation, the regulations governing the use of the installment sale method in like-kind exchanges, and the contingent payment sale rules.
                            • Determine how to allocate and report installments payments among identified asset classes using R.R. 76-110 and the residual method recognizing §453 prohibitions on certain assets regarding dealer dispositions and inventory.
                            • Identify the amount of interest payable on tax-deferred income when §453 dispositions exceed $5 million and circumstances considered taxable dispositions of installment obligations to determine when any gain or loss is recognized.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $19.00 each Add to cart

                            Interest (Mini)

                            • Credits: 2
                            •  
                            • Format: Self-Study eBook
                            • Field of Study: Federal Tax Law
                            • Author/Speaker: Danny Santucci
                            Available Formats:
                            Advanced Preparation:None
                            Experience Level:Overview
                            Program Prerequisites:

                            General understanding of federal income taxation.

                            Course ID:EWTFM-T-01981-22-S | 6233-CE-0676 | DS-420.22
                            Published Date:Feb 2022
                            COURSE DESCRIPTION

                            This course focuses on tax issues affecting the treatment of interest and debt. It covers the definition of bona fide debt, the impact of related parties, the avoidance of equity and lease characterization, and deductible versus non-deductible
                            interest factors. Sticky cross issues such as the impact of at-risk rules under §465, passive loss restrictions of §469, and below-market-rate loans under §7278 are examined. In addition, the accounting method treatment of interest,
                            points, prepaid interest, and discounted loans are reviewed. Particular attention is given to imputed interest and original issue discounts.

                            Learning Objectives:

                            After reading the course material, you will be able to:

                            • Determine “interest” and select how much is tax-deductible under §163 by:
                              • a. Identifying what constitutes bona fide debt considering economic substance and purpose and the differences that such debt has from installment sales, long-term & leveraged leases, and annuities;
                              • b. Specifying how transactions with family members and controlled corporations can recharacterize alleged indebtedness into gift or business equity naming the factors used in this recharacterization and;
                              • c. Recognizing incentives to use corporate debt instead of equity and the special treatment of failed equity investment under §1244.
                            • Identify deductible interest and special calculation concepts and procedures by:
                              • a. Recognizing the allocation of interest-based on the debt’s business or personal purpose specifying the application of any carryover rules;
                              • b. Determining net investment income including its impact on the deductibility of investment interest;
                              • c. Recognizing the special tax treatment given to student loans, margin accounts, and market discount bonds stating what happens to any disallowed interest expense; and
                              • d. Specifying the timing considerations in interest reporting including interest paid in advance. 
                            • Recognize nondeductible interest types and provisions that through restriction create nondeductible interest by:
                              • a. Identifying when interest is nondeductible personal interest under §163(h)(1);
                              • b. Determining the disallowance of interest related to tax-exempt in-come under §265, the life insurance interest restrictions of §264; the §465 at-risk limitations and application of the §469 passive loss rules; and
                              • c. Specifying the treatment of certain commitment fees and service charges based on R.R. 67-297 and case law.
                            • Identify interest under the cash or accrual method recognizing the special elections applicable to and treatment of carrying charges under §266, below-market loans, and imputed interest.

                            Who Should Attend:
                            • All Certified Public Accountants (CPAs)
                            • Enrolled Agents (EAs)
                            • Other Tax Return Preparer (OTRP)

                            Qualifies and Approved with all State Boards of Accountancy and the following sponsorships:
                            NASBA
                            IRS
                            CTEC
                            $19.00 each Add to cart

                            IRS Collections and Installment Arrangements